mirror of
https://github.com/vim/vim
synced 2025-07-16 09:12:00 +00:00
patch 8.1.1280: remarks about functionality not in Vi clutters the help
Problem: Remarks about functionality not in Vi clutters the help. Solution: Move all info about what is new in Vim or already existed in Vi to vi_diff.txt. Remove {not in Vi} remarks. (closes #4268) Add "noet" to the help files modeline. Also include many other help file improvements.
This commit is contained in:
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*arabic.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2010 Nov 13
|
*arabic.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Nadim Shaikli
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Nadim Shaikli
|
||||||
@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Arabic Language support (options & mappings) for Vim *Arabic*
|
Arabic Language support (options & mappings) for Vim *Arabic*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*E800*
|
*E800*
|
||||||
In order to use right-to-left and Arabic mapping support, it is
|
In order to use right-to-left and Arabic mapping support, it is
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*autocmd.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 27
|
*autocmd.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ For a basic explanation, see section |40.3| in the user manual.
|
|||||||
10. Using autocommands |autocmd-use|
|
10. Using autocommands |autocmd-use|
|
||||||
11. Disabling autocommands |autocmd-disable|
|
11. Disabling autocommands |autocmd-disable|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Introduction *autocmd-intro*
|
1. Introduction *autocmd-intro*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*change.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 05
|
*change.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
|
|||||||
deletes the last character of the count.
|
deletes the last character of the count.
|
||||||
See |:fixdel| if the <Del> key does not do what you
|
See |:fixdel| if the <Del> key does not do what you
|
||||||
want. See |'whichwrap'| for deleting a line break
|
want. See |'whichwrap'| for deleting a line break
|
||||||
(join lines). {Vi does not support <Del>}
|
(join lines).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*X* *dh*
|
*X* *dh*
|
||||||
["x]X Delete [count] characters before the cursor [into
|
["x]X Delete [count] characters before the cursor [into
|
||||||
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
|
|||||||
{Visual}["x]x or *v_x* *v_d* *v_<Del>*
|
{Visual}["x]x or *v_x* *v_d* *v_<Del>*
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]d or
|
{Visual}["x]d or
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]<Del> Delete the highlighted text [into register x] (for
|
{Visual}["x]<Del> Delete the highlighted text [into register x] (for
|
||||||
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi}
|
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]CTRL-H or *v_CTRL-H* *v_<BS>*
|
{Visual}["x]CTRL-H or *v_CTRL-H* *v_<BS>*
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]<BS> When in Select mode: Delete the highlighted text [into
|
{Visual}["x]<BS> When in Select mode: Delete the highlighted text [into
|
||||||
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
|
|||||||
{Visual}["x]D Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] (for
|
{Visual}["x]D Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] (for
|
||||||
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|). In Visual block mode,
|
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|). In Visual block mode,
|
||||||
"D" deletes the highlighted text plus all text until
|
"D" deletes the highlighted text plus all text until
|
||||||
the end of the line. {not in Vi}
|
the end of the line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete* *:dl* *:dp*
|
*:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete* *:dl* *:dp*
|
||||||
:[range]d[elete] [x] Delete [range] lines (default: current line) [into
|
:[range]d[elete] [x] Delete [range] lines (default: current line) [into
|
||||||
@ -116,16 +116,15 @@ J Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines.
|
|||||||
*v_J*
|
*v_J*
|
||||||
{Visual}J Join the highlighted lines, with a minimum of two
|
{Visual}J Join the highlighted lines, with a minimum of two
|
||||||
lines. Remove the indent and insert up to two spaces
|
lines. Remove the indent and insert up to two spaces
|
||||||
(see below). {not in Vi}
|
(see below).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gJ*
|
*gJ*
|
||||||
gJ Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines.
|
gJ Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines.
|
||||||
Don't insert or remove any spaces. {not in Vi}
|
Don't insert or remove any spaces.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_gJ*
|
*v_gJ*
|
||||||
{Visual}gJ Join the highlighted lines, with a minimum of two
|
{Visual}gJ Join the highlighted lines, with a minimum of two
|
||||||
lines. Don't insert or remove any spaces. {not in
|
lines. Don't insert or remove any spaces.
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:j* *:join*
|
*:j* *:join*
|
||||||
:[range]j[oin][!] [flags]
|
:[range]j[oin][!] [flags]
|
||||||
@ -134,7 +133,6 @@ gJ Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines.
|
|||||||
If a [range] has equal start and end values, this
|
If a [range] has equal start and end values, this
|
||||||
command does nothing. The default behavior is to
|
command does nothing. The default behavior is to
|
||||||
join the current line with the line below it.
|
join the current line with the line below it.
|
||||||
{not in Vi: !}
|
|
||||||
See |ex-flags| for [flags].
|
See |ex-flags| for [flags].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[range]j[oin][!] {count} [flags]
|
:[range]j[oin][!] {count} [flags]
|
||||||
@ -142,7 +140,6 @@ gJ Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines.
|
|||||||
current line |cmdline-ranges|). Same as "J", except
|
current line |cmdline-ranges|). Same as "J", except
|
||||||
with [!] the join does not insert or delete any
|
with [!] the join does not insert or delete any
|
||||||
spaces.
|
spaces.
|
||||||
{not in Vi: !}
|
|
||||||
See |ex-flags| for [flags].
|
See |ex-flags| for [flags].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
These commands delete the <EOL> between lines. This has the effect of joining
|
These commands delete the <EOL> between lines. This has the effect of joining
|
||||||
@ -209,8 +206,7 @@ gR Enter Virtual Replace mode: Each character you type
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]c or *v_c* *v_s*
|
{Visual}["x]c or *v_c* *v_s*
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]s Delete the highlighted text [into register x] and
|
{Visual}["x]s Delete the highlighted text [into register x] and
|
||||||
start insert (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not
|
start insert (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_r*
|
*v_r*
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]r{char} Replace all selected characters by {char}.
|
{Visual}["x]r{char} Replace all selected characters by {char}.
|
||||||
@ -218,14 +214,13 @@ gR Enter Virtual Replace mode: Each character you type
|
|||||||
*v_C*
|
*v_C*
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]C Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] and
|
{Visual}["x]C Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] and
|
||||||
start insert. In Visual block mode it works
|
start insert. In Visual block mode it works
|
||||||
differently |v_b_C|. {not in Vi}
|
differently |v_b_C|.
|
||||||
*v_S*
|
*v_S*
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]S Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] and
|
{Visual}["x]S Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] and
|
||||||
start insert (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not
|
start insert (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
in Vi}
|
|
||||||
*v_R*
|
*v_R*
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]R Currently just like {Visual}["x]S. In a next version
|
{Visual}["x]R Currently just like {Visual}["x]S. In a next version
|
||||||
it might work differently. {not in Vi}
|
it might work differently.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Notes:
|
Notes:
|
||||||
- You can end Insert and Replace mode with <Esc>.
|
- You can end Insert and Replace mode with <Esc>.
|
||||||
@ -322,21 +317,21 @@ The following commands change the case of letters. The currently active
|
|||||||
tilde cannot be used as an operator}
|
tilde cannot be used as an operator}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g~*
|
*g~*
|
||||||
g~{motion} Switch case of {motion} text. {not in Vi}
|
g~{motion} Switch case of {motion} text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
g~g~ *g~g~* *g~~*
|
g~g~ *g~g~* *g~~*
|
||||||
g~~ Switch case of current line. {not in Vi}.
|
g~~ Switch case of current line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_~*
|
*v_~*
|
||||||
{Visual}~ Switch case of highlighted text (for {Visual} see
|
{Visual}~ Switch case of highlighted text (for {Visual} see
|
||||||
|Visual-mode|). {not in Vi}
|
|Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_U*
|
*v_U*
|
||||||
{Visual}U Make highlighted text uppercase (for {Visual} see
|
{Visual}U Make highlighted text uppercase (for {Visual} see
|
||||||
|Visual-mode|). {not in Vi}
|
|Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gU* *uppercase*
|
*gU* *uppercase*
|
||||||
gU{motion} Make {motion} text uppercase. {not in Vi}
|
gU{motion} Make {motion} text uppercase.
|
||||||
Example: >
|
Example: >
|
||||||
:map! <C-F> <Esc>gUiw`]a
|
:map! <C-F> <Esc>gUiw`]a
|
||||||
< This works in Insert mode: press CTRL-F to make the
|
< This works in Insert mode: press CTRL-F to make the
|
||||||
@ -345,27 +340,27 @@ gU{motion} Make {motion} text uppercase. {not in Vi}
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
gUgU *gUgU* *gUU*
|
gUgU *gUgU* *gUU*
|
||||||
gUU Make current line uppercase. {not in Vi}.
|
gUU Make current line uppercase.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_u*
|
*v_u*
|
||||||
{Visual}u Make highlighted text lowercase (for {Visual} see
|
{Visual}u Make highlighted text lowercase (for {Visual} see
|
||||||
|Visual-mode|). {not in Vi}
|
|Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gu* *lowercase*
|
*gu* *lowercase*
|
||||||
gu{motion} Make {motion} text lowercase. {not in Vi}
|
gu{motion} Make {motion} text lowercase.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
gugu *gugu* *guu*
|
gugu *gugu* *guu*
|
||||||
guu Make current line lowercase. {not in Vi}.
|
guu Make current line lowercase.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g?* *rot13*
|
*g?* *rot13*
|
||||||
g?{motion} Rot13 encode {motion} text. {not in Vi}
|
g?{motion} Rot13 encode {motion} text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_g?*
|
*v_g?*
|
||||||
{Visual}g? Rot13 encode the highlighted text (for {Visual} see
|
{Visual}g? Rot13 encode the highlighted text (for {Visual} see
|
||||||
|Visual-mode|). {not in Vi}
|
|Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
g?g? *g?g?* *g??*
|
g?g? *g?g?* *g??*
|
||||||
g?? Rot13 encode current line. {not in Vi}.
|
g?? Rot13 encode current line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To turn one line into title caps, make every first letter of a word
|
To turn one line into title caps, make every first letter of a word
|
||||||
uppercase: >
|
uppercase: >
|
||||||
@ -375,18 +370,18 @@ uppercase: >
|
|||||||
Adding and subtracting ~
|
Adding and subtracting ~
|
||||||
*CTRL-A*
|
*CTRL-A*
|
||||||
CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character at
|
CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character at
|
||||||
or after the cursor. {not in Vi}
|
or after the cursor.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_CTRL-A*
|
*v_CTRL-A*
|
||||||
{Visual}CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
|
{Visual}CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
|
||||||
the highlighted text. {not in Vi}
|
the highlighted text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_g_CTRL-A*
|
*v_g_CTRL-A*
|
||||||
{Visual}g CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
|
{Visual}g CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
|
||||||
the highlighted text. If several lines are
|
the highlighted text. If several lines are
|
||||||
highlighted, each one will be incremented by an
|
highlighted, each one will be incremented by an
|
||||||
additional [count] (so effectively creating a
|
additional [count] (so effectively creating a
|
||||||
[count] incrementing sequence). {not in Vi}
|
[count] incrementing sequence).
|
||||||
For Example, if you have this list of numbers:
|
For Example, if you have this list of numbers:
|
||||||
1. ~
|
1. ~
|
||||||
1. ~
|
1. ~
|
||||||
@ -401,11 +396,11 @@ CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character at
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*CTRL-X*
|
*CTRL-X*
|
||||||
CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
|
CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
|
||||||
character at or after the cursor. {not in Vi}
|
character at or after the cursor.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_CTRL-X*
|
*v_CTRL-X*
|
||||||
{Visual}CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
|
{Visual}CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
|
||||||
character in the highlighted text. {not in Vi}
|
character in the highlighted text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On MS-Windows, this is mapped to cut Visual text
|
On MS-Windows, this is mapped to cut Visual text
|
||||||
|dos-standard-mappings|. If you want to disable the
|
|dos-standard-mappings|. If you want to disable the
|
||||||
@ -417,7 +412,7 @@ CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
|
|||||||
character in the highlighted text. If several lines
|
character in the highlighted text. If several lines
|
||||||
are highlighted, each value will be decremented by an
|
are highlighted, each value will be decremented by an
|
||||||
additional [count] (so effectively creating a [count]
|
additional [count] (so effectively creating a [count]
|
||||||
decrementing sequence). {not in Vi}
|
decrementing sequence).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands can work for:
|
The CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands can work for:
|
||||||
- signed and unsigned decimal numbers
|
- signed and unsigned decimal numbers
|
||||||
@ -485,8 +480,7 @@ SHIFTING LINES LEFT OR RIGHT *shift-left-right*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_<*
|
*v_<*
|
||||||
{Visual}[count]< Shift the highlighted lines [count] 'shiftwidth'
|
{Visual}[count]< Shift the highlighted lines [count] 'shiftwidth'
|
||||||
leftwards (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in
|
leftwards (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*>*
|
*>*
|
||||||
>{motion} Shift {motion} lines one 'shiftwidth' rightwards.
|
>{motion} Shift {motion} lines one 'shiftwidth' rightwards.
|
||||||
@ -500,8 +494,7 @@ SHIFTING LINES LEFT OR RIGHT *shift-left-right*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_>*
|
*v_>*
|
||||||
{Visual}[count]> Shift the highlighted lines [count] 'shiftwidth'
|
{Visual}[count]> Shift the highlighted lines [count] 'shiftwidth'
|
||||||
rightwards (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in
|
rightwards (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:<*
|
*:<*
|
||||||
:[range]< Shift [range] lines one 'shiftwidth' left. Repeat '<'
|
:[range]< Shift [range] lines one 'shiftwidth' left. Repeat '<'
|
||||||
@ -512,7 +505,7 @@ SHIFTING LINES LEFT OR RIGHT *shift-left-right*
|
|||||||
Repeat '<' for shifting multiple 'shiftwidth's.
|
Repeat '<' for shifting multiple 'shiftwidth's.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[range]le[ft] [indent] left align lines in [range]. Sets the indent in the
|
:[range]le[ft] [indent] left align lines in [range]. Sets the indent in the
|
||||||
lines to [indent] (default 0). {not in Vi}
|
lines to [indent] (default 0).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:>*
|
*:>*
|
||||||
:[range]> [flags] Shift {count} [range] lines one 'shiftwidth' right.
|
:[range]> [flags] Shift {count} [range] lines one 'shiftwidth' right.
|
||||||
@ -579,7 +572,6 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the `:!` command.
|
|||||||
*v_!*
|
*v_!*
|
||||||
{Visual}!{filter} Filter the highlighted lines through the external
|
{Visual}!{filter} Filter the highlighted lines through the external
|
||||||
program {filter} (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
|
program {filter} (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:{range}![!]{filter} [!][arg] *:range!*
|
:{range}![!]{filter} [!][arg] *:range!*
|
||||||
Filter {range} lines through the external program
|
Filter {range} lines through the external program
|
||||||
@ -613,7 +605,6 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the `:!` command.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_=*
|
*v_=*
|
||||||
{Visual}= Filter the highlighted lines like with ={motion}.
|
{Visual}= Filter the highlighted lines like with ={motion}.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*tempfile* *setuid*
|
*tempfile* *setuid*
|
||||||
@ -678,15 +669,13 @@ g& Synonym for `:%s//~/&` (repeat last substitute with
|
|||||||
For example, when you first do a substitution with
|
For example, when you first do a substitution with
|
||||||
`:s/pattern/repl/flags` and then `/search` for
|
`:s/pattern/repl/flags` and then `/search` for
|
||||||
something else, `g&` will do `:%s/search/repl/flags`.
|
something else, `g&` will do `:%s/search/repl/flags`.
|
||||||
Mnemonic: global substitute. {not in Vi}
|
Mnemonic: global substitute.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:snomagic* *:sno*
|
*:snomagic* *:sno*
|
||||||
:[range]sno[magic] ... Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'nomagic'.
|
:[range]sno[magic] ... Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'nomagic'.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:smagic* *:sm*
|
*:smagic* *:sm*
|
||||||
:[range]sm[agic] ... Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'magic'.
|
:[range]sm[agic] ... Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'magic'.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:s_flags*
|
*:s_flags*
|
||||||
The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
|
The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
|
||||||
@ -697,7 +686,6 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
|
|||||||
:&&
|
:&&
|
||||||
:s/this/that/&
|
:s/this/that/&
|
||||||
< Note that `:s` and `:&` don't keep the flags.
|
< Note that `:s` and `:&` don't keep the flags.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[c] Confirm each substitution. Vim highlights the matching string (with
|
[c] Confirm each substitution. Vim highlights the matching string (with
|
||||||
|hl-IncSearch|). You can type: *:s_c*
|
|hl-IncSearch|). You can type: *:s_c*
|
||||||
@ -705,16 +693,15 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
|
|||||||
'l' to substitute this match and then quit ("last")
|
'l' to substitute this match and then quit ("last")
|
||||||
'n' to skip this match
|
'n' to skip this match
|
||||||
<Esc> to quit substituting
|
<Esc> to quit substituting
|
||||||
'a' to substitute this and all remaining matches {not in Vi}
|
'a' to substitute this and all remaining matches
|
||||||
'q' to quit substituting {not in Vi}
|
'q' to quit substituting
|
||||||
CTRL-E to scroll the screen up {not in Vi, not available when
|
CTRL-E to scroll the screen up {not available when compiled
|
||||||
compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature}
|
without the |+insert_expand| feature}
|
||||||
CTRL-Y to scroll the screen down {not in Vi, not available when
|
CTRL-Y to scroll the screen down {not available when compiled
|
||||||
compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature}
|
without the |+insert_expand| feature}
|
||||||
If the 'edcompatible' option is on, Vim remembers the [c] flag and
|
If the 'edcompatible' option is on, Vim remembers the [c] flag and
|
||||||
toggles it each time you use it, but resets it when you give a new
|
toggles it each time you use it, but resets it when you give a new
|
||||||
search pattern.
|
search pattern.
|
||||||
{not in Vi: highlighting of the match, other responses than 'y' or 'n'}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:s_e*
|
*:s_e*
|
||||||
[e] When the search pattern fails, do not issue an error message and, in
|
[e] When the search pattern fails, do not issue an error message and, in
|
||||||
@ -726,7 +713,6 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
|
|||||||
No previous substitute regular expression
|
No previous substitute regular expression
|
||||||
Trailing characters
|
Trailing characters
|
||||||
Interrupted
|
Interrupted
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:s_g*
|
*:s_g*
|
||||||
[g] Replace all occurrences in the line. Without this argument,
|
[g] Replace all occurrences in the line. Without this argument,
|
||||||
@ -739,12 +725,10 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
|
|||||||
*:s_i*
|
*:s_i*
|
||||||
[i] Ignore case for the pattern. The 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' options
|
[i] Ignore case for the pattern. The 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' options
|
||||||
are not used.
|
are not used.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:s_I*
|
*:s_I*
|
||||||
[I] Don't ignore case for the pattern. The 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'
|
[I] Don't ignore case for the pattern. The 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'
|
||||||
options are not used.
|
options are not used.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:s_n*
|
*:s_n*
|
||||||
[n] Report the number of matches, do not actually substitute. The [c]
|
[n] Report the number of matches, do not actually substitute. The [c]
|
||||||
@ -776,7 +760,6 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
|
|||||||
/green
|
/green
|
||||||
:&
|
:&
|
||||||
< The last command will replace "blue" with "red".
|
< The last command will replace "blue" with "red".
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that there is no flag to change the "magicness" of the pattern. A
|
Note that there is no flag to change the "magicness" of the pattern. A
|
||||||
different command is used instead, or you can use |/\v| and friends. The
|
different command is used instead, or you can use |/\v| and friends. The
|
||||||
@ -1002,7 +985,6 @@ This replaces each 'E' character with a euro sign. Read more in |<Char->|.
|
|||||||
a single tabstop. Each value in the list represents
|
a single tabstop. Each value in the list represents
|
||||||
the width of one tabstop, except the final value which
|
the width of one tabstop, except the final value which
|
||||||
applies to all following tabstops.
|
applies to all following tabstops.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*retab-example*
|
*retab-example*
|
||||||
Example for using autocommands and ":retab" to edit a file which is stored
|
Example for using autocommands and ":retab" to edit a file which is stored
|
||||||
@ -1026,17 +1008,16 @@ inside of strings can change! Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
|
|||||||
:reg[isters] Display the contents of all numbered and named
|
:reg[isters] Display the contents of all numbered and named
|
||||||
registers. If a register is written to for |:redir|
|
registers. If a register is written to for |:redir|
|
||||||
it will not be listed.
|
it will not be listed.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:reg[isters] {arg} Display the contents of the numbered and named
|
:reg[isters] {arg} Display the contents of the numbered and named
|
||||||
registers that are mentioned in {arg}. For example: >
|
registers that are mentioned in {arg}. For example: >
|
||||||
:reg 1a
|
:reg 1a
|
||||||
< to display registers '1' and 'a'. Spaces are allowed
|
< to display registers '1' and 'a'. Spaces are allowed
|
||||||
in {arg}. {not in Vi}
|
in {arg}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:di* *:display*
|
*:di* *:display*
|
||||||
:di[splay] [arg] Same as :registers. {not in Vi}
|
:di[splay] [arg] Same as :registers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*y* *yank*
|
*y* *yank*
|
||||||
["x]y{motion} Yank {motion} text [into register x]. When no
|
["x]y{motion} Yank {motion} text [into register x]. When no
|
||||||
@ -1055,11 +1036,11 @@ inside of strings can change! Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_y*
|
*v_y*
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]y Yank the highlighted text [into register x] (for
|
{Visual}["x]y Yank the highlighted text [into register x] (for
|
||||||
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi}
|
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_Y*
|
*v_Y*
|
||||||
{Visual}["x]Y Yank the highlighted lines [into register x] (for
|
{Visual}["x]Y Yank the highlighted lines [into register x] (for
|
||||||
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi}
|
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:y* *:yank* *E850*
|
*:y* *:yank* *E850*
|
||||||
:[range]y[ank] [x] Yank [range] lines [into register x]. Yanking to the
|
:[range]y[ank] [x] Yank [range] lines [into register x]. Yanking to the
|
||||||
@ -1086,7 +1067,6 @@ inside of strings can change! Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
|
|||||||
Leaves the cursor at the end of the new text.
|
Leaves the cursor at the end of the new text.
|
||||||
Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n'
|
Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n'
|
||||||
or 'a'.
|
or 'a'.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
If you have a scrollwheel and often accidentally paste
|
If you have a scrollwheel and often accidentally paste
|
||||||
text, you can use these mappings to disable the
|
text, you can use these mappings to disable the
|
||||||
pasting with the middle mouse button: >
|
pasting with the middle mouse button: >
|
||||||
@ -1097,11 +1077,11 @@ inside of strings can change! Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*gp*
|
*gp*
|
||||||
["x]gp Just like "p", but leave the cursor just after the new
|
["x]gp Just like "p", but leave the cursor just after the new
|
||||||
text. {not in Vi}
|
text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gP*
|
*gP*
|
||||||
["x]gP Just like "P", but leave the cursor just after the new
|
["x]gP Just like "P", but leave the cursor just after the new
|
||||||
text. {not in Vi}
|
text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:pu* *:put*
|
*:pu* *:put*
|
||||||
:[line]pu[t] [x] Put the text [from register x] after [line] (default
|
:[line]pu[t] [x] Put the text [from register x] after [line] (default
|
||||||
@ -1129,14 +1109,14 @@ inside of strings can change! Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
|
|||||||
["x]]p or *]p* *]<MiddleMouse>*
|
["x]]p or *]p* *]<MiddleMouse>*
|
||||||
["x]]<MiddleMouse> Like "p", but adjust the indent to the current line.
|
["x]]<MiddleMouse> Like "p", but adjust the indent to the current line.
|
||||||
Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n'
|
Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n'
|
||||||
or 'a'. {not in Vi}
|
or 'a'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
["x][P or *[P*
|
["x][P or *[P*
|
||||||
["x]]P or *]P*
|
["x]]P or *]P*
|
||||||
["x][p or *[p* *[<MiddleMouse>*
|
["x][p or *[p* *[<MiddleMouse>*
|
||||||
["x][<MiddleMouse> Like "P", but adjust the indent to the current line.
|
["x][<MiddleMouse> Like "P", but adjust the indent to the current line.
|
||||||
Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n'
|
Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n'
|
||||||
or 'a'. {not in Vi}
|
or 'a'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use these commands to copy text from one place to another. Do this
|
You can use these commands to copy text from one place to another. Do this
|
||||||
by first getting the text into a register with a yank, delete or change
|
by first getting the text into a register with a yank, delete or change
|
||||||
@ -1246,7 +1226,6 @@ not exist}
|
|||||||
3. Small delete register "- *quote_-* *quote-*
|
3. Small delete register "- *quote_-* *quote-*
|
||||||
This register contains text from commands that delete less than one line,
|
This register contains text from commands that delete less than one line,
|
||||||
except when the command specifies a register with ["x].
|
except when the command specifies a register with ["x].
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Named registers "a to "z or "A to "Z *quote_alpha* *quotea*
|
4. Named registers "a to "z or "A to "Z *quote_alpha* *quotea*
|
||||||
Vim fills these registers only when you say so. Specify them as lowercase
|
Vim fills these registers only when you say so. Specify them as lowercase
|
||||||
@ -1256,7 +1235,7 @@ a line break is inserted before the appended text.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Read-only registers ":, ". and "%
|
5. Read-only registers ":, ". and "%
|
||||||
These are '%', '#', ':' and '.'. You can use them only with the "p", "P",
|
These are '%', '#', ':' and '.'. You can use them only with the "p", "P",
|
||||||
and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R. {not in Vi}
|
and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.
|
||||||
*quote_.* *quote.* *E29*
|
*quote_.* *quote.* *E29*
|
||||||
". Contains the last inserted text (the same as what is inserted
|
". Contains the last inserted text (the same as what is inserted
|
||||||
with the insert mode commands CTRL-A and CTRL-@). Note: this
|
with the insert mode commands CTRL-A and CTRL-@). Note: this
|
||||||
@ -1310,13 +1289,13 @@ an error message (use string() to convert).
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL>
|
If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL>
|
||||||
characters. If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
|
characters. If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
|
||||||
register. {not in Vi}
|
register.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~
|
8. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~
|
||||||
Use these registers for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI.
|
Use these registers for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI.
|
||||||
See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|. When the clipboard is not available or not
|
See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|. When the clipboard is not available or not
|
||||||
working, the unnamed register is used instead. For Unix systems the clipboard
|
working, the unnamed register is used instead. For Unix systems the clipboard
|
||||||
is only available when the |+xterm_clipboard| feature is present. {not in Vi}
|
is only available when the |+xterm_clipboard| feature is present.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that there is only a distinction between "* and "+ for X11 systems. For
|
Note that there is only a distinction between "* and "+ for X11 systems. For
|
||||||
an explanation of the difference, see |x11-selection|. Under MS-Windows, use
|
an explanation of the difference, see |x11-selection|. Under MS-Windows, use
|
||||||
@ -1327,7 +1306,7 @@ The read-only "~ register stores the dropped text from the last drag'n'drop
|
|||||||
operation. When something has been dropped onto Vim, the "~ register is
|
operation. When something has been dropped onto Vim, the "~ register is
|
||||||
filled in and the <Drop> pseudo key is sent for notification. You can remap
|
filled in and the <Drop> pseudo key is sent for notification. You can remap
|
||||||
this key if you want; the default action (for all modes) is to insert the
|
this key if you want; the default action (for all modes) is to insert the
|
||||||
contents of the "~ register at the cursor position. {not in Vi}
|
contents of the "~ register at the cursor position.
|
||||||
{only available when compiled with the |+dnd| feature, currently only with the
|
{only available when compiled with the |+dnd| feature, currently only with the
|
||||||
GTK GUI}
|
GTK GUI}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -1337,7 +1316,7 @@ Drag'n'drop of URI lists is handled internally.
|
|||||||
9. Black hole register "_ *quote_*
|
9. Black hole register "_ *quote_*
|
||||||
When writing to this register, nothing happens. This can be used to delete
|
When writing to this register, nothing happens. This can be used to delete
|
||||||
text without affecting the normal registers. When reading from this register,
|
text without affecting the normal registers. When reading from this register,
|
||||||
nothing is returned. {not in Vi}
|
nothing is returned.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
10. Last search pattern register "/ *quote_/* *quote/*
|
10. Last search pattern register "/ *quote_/* *quote/*
|
||||||
Contains the most recent search-pattern. This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
|
Contains the most recent search-pattern. This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
|
||||||
@ -1346,7 +1325,6 @@ other matches without actually searching. You can't yank or delete into this
|
|||||||
register. The search direction is available in |v:searchforward|.
|
register. The search direction is available in |v:searchforward|.
|
||||||
Note that the value is restored when returning from a function
|
Note that the value is restored when returning from a function
|
||||||
|function-search-undo|.
|
|function-search-undo|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*@/*
|
*@/*
|
||||||
You can write to a register with a `:let` command |:let-@|. Example: >
|
You can write to a register with a `:let` command |:let-@|. Example: >
|
||||||
@ -1377,17 +1355,15 @@ The next three commands always work on whole lines.
|
|||||||
:[range]ce[nter] [width] *:ce* *:center*
|
:[range]ce[nter] [width] *:ce* *:center*
|
||||||
Center lines in [range] between [width] columns
|
Center lines in [range] between [width] columns
|
||||||
(default 'textwidth' or 80 when 'textwidth' is 0).
|
(default 'textwidth' or 80 when 'textwidth' is 0).
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[range]ri[ght] [width] *:ri* *:right*
|
:[range]ri[ght] [width] *:ri* *:right*
|
||||||
Right-align lines in [range] at [width] columns
|
Right-align lines in [range] at [width] columns
|
||||||
(default 'textwidth' or 80 when 'textwidth' is 0).
|
(default 'textwidth' or 80 when 'textwidth' is 0).
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:le* *:left*
|
*:le* *:left*
|
||||||
:[range]le[ft] [indent]
|
:[range]le[ft] [indent]
|
||||||
Left-align lines in [range]. Sets the indent in the
|
Left-align lines in [range]. Sets the indent in the
|
||||||
lines to [indent] (default 0). {not in Vi}
|
lines to [indent] (default 0).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gq*
|
*gq*
|
||||||
gq{motion} Format the lines that {motion} moves over.
|
gq{motion} Format the lines that {motion} moves over.
|
||||||
@ -1414,24 +1390,24 @@ gq{motion} Format the lines that {motion} moves over.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
gqgq *gqgq* *gqq*
|
gqgq *gqgq* *gqq*
|
||||||
gqq Format the current line. With a count format that
|
gqq Format the current line. With a count format that
|
||||||
many lines. {not in Vi}
|
many lines.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_gq*
|
*v_gq*
|
||||||
{Visual}gq Format the highlighted text. (for {Visual} see
|
{Visual}gq Format the highlighted text. (for {Visual} see
|
||||||
|Visual-mode|). {not in Vi}
|
|Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gw*
|
*gw*
|
||||||
gw{motion} Format the lines that {motion} moves over. Similar to
|
gw{motion} Format the lines that {motion} moves over. Similar to
|
||||||
|gq| but puts the cursor back at the same position in
|
|gq| but puts the cursor back at the same position in
|
||||||
the text. However, 'formatprg' and 'formatexpr' are
|
the text. However, 'formatprg' and 'formatexpr' are
|
||||||
not used. {not in Vi}
|
not used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
gwgw *gwgw* *gww*
|
gwgw *gwgw* *gww*
|
||||||
gww Format the current line as with "gw". {not in Vi}
|
gww Format the current line as with "gw".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_gw*
|
*v_gw*
|
||||||
{Visual}gw Format the highlighted text as with "gw". (for
|
{Visual}gw Format the highlighted text as with "gw". (for
|
||||||
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi}
|
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Example: To format the current paragraph use: *gqap* >
|
Example: To format the current paragraph use: *gqap* >
|
||||||
gqap
|
gqap
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*channel.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Mar 21
|
*channel.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ The Netbeans interface also uses a channel. |netbeans|
|
|||||||
11. Controlling a job |job-control|
|
11. Controlling a job |job-control|
|
||||||
12. Using a prompt buffer |prompt-buffer|
|
12. Using a prompt buffer |prompt-buffer|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these features}
|
|
||||||
{only when compiled with the |+channel| feature for channel stuff}
|
{only when compiled with the |+channel| feature for channel stuff}
|
||||||
You can check this with: `has('channel')`
|
You can check this with: `has('channel')`
|
||||||
{only when compiled with the |+job| feature for job stuff}
|
{only when compiled with the |+job| feature for job stuff}
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*cmdline.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 14
|
*cmdline.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ Notes:
|
|||||||
- All searches are put in the search history, including the ones that come
|
- All searches are put in the search history, including the ones that come
|
||||||
from commands like "*" and "#". But for a mapping, only the last search is
|
from commands like "*" and "#". But for a mapping, only the last search is
|
||||||
remembered (to avoid that long mappings trash the history).
|
remembered (to avoid that long mappings trash the history).
|
||||||
{Vi: no history}
|
|
||||||
{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist| feature}
|
{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
There is an automatic completion of names on the command-line; see
|
There is an automatic completion of names on the command-line; see
|
||||||
@ -124,12 +123,12 @@ CTRL-U Remove all characters between the cursor position and
|
|||||||
:cnoremap <C-U> <C-E><C-U>
|
:cnoremap <C-U> <C-E><C-U>
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*c_<Insert>* *c_Insert*
|
*c_<Insert>* *c_Insert*
|
||||||
<Insert> Toggle between insert and overstrike. {not in Vi}
|
<Insert> Toggle between insert and overstrike.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{char1} <BS> {char2} or *c_digraph*
|
{char1} <BS> {char2} or *c_digraph*
|
||||||
CTRL-K {char1} {char2} *c_CTRL-K*
|
CTRL-K {char1} {char2} *c_CTRL-K*
|
||||||
enter digraph (see |digraphs|). When {char1} is a special
|
enter digraph (see |digraphs|). When {char1} is a special
|
||||||
key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form. {not in Vi}
|
key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=.} *c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
|
CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=.} *c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
|
||||||
Insert the contents of a numbered or named register. Between
|
Insert the contents of a numbered or named register. Between
|
||||||
@ -165,7 +164,7 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=.} *c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
|
|||||||
too.
|
too.
|
||||||
When the result is a Float it's automatically
|
When the result is a Float it's automatically
|
||||||
converted to a String.
|
converted to a String.
|
||||||
See |registers| about registers. {not in Vi}
|
See |registers| about registers.
|
||||||
Implementation detail: When using the |expression| register
|
Implementation detail: When using the |expression| register
|
||||||
and invoking setcmdpos(), this sets the position before
|
and invoking setcmdpos(), this sets the position before
|
||||||
inserting the resulting string. Use CTRL-R CTRL-R to set the
|
inserting the resulting string. Use CTRL-R CTRL-R to set the
|
||||||
@ -188,7 +187,6 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-L *c_CTRL-R_CTRL-L* *c_<C-R>_<C-L>*
|
|||||||
currently displayed match is used. With CTRL-W the part of
|
currently displayed match is used. With CTRL-W the part of
|
||||||
the word that was already typed is not inserted again.
|
the word that was already typed is not inserted again.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
CTRL-F and CTRL-P: {only when |+file_in_path| feature is
|
CTRL-F and CTRL-P: {only when |+file_in_path| feature is
|
||||||
included}
|
included}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -313,11 +311,9 @@ CTRL-^ Toggle the use of language |:lmap| mappings and/or Input
|
|||||||
off, since you are expected to type a command. After
|
off, since you are expected to type a command. After
|
||||||
switching it on with CTRL-^, the new state is not used again
|
switching it on with CTRL-^, the new state is not used again
|
||||||
for the next command or Search pattern.
|
for the next command or Search pattern.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*c_CTRL-]*
|
*c_CTRL-]*
|
||||||
CTRL-] Trigger abbreviation, without inserting a character. {not in
|
CTRL-] Trigger abbreviation, without inserting a character.
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For Emacs-style editing on the command-line see |emacs-keys|.
|
For Emacs-style editing on the command-line see |emacs-keys|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -332,7 +328,6 @@ terminals)
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:his* *:history*
|
*:his* *:history*
|
||||||
:his[tory] Print the history of last entered commands.
|
:his[tory] Print the history of last entered commands.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist|
|
{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist|
|
||||||
feature}
|
feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -344,7 +339,6 @@ terminals)
|
|||||||
i[nput] or @ input line history
|
i[nput] or @ input line history
|
||||||
d[ebug] or > debug command history
|
d[ebug] or > debug command history
|
||||||
a[ll] all of the above
|
a[ll] all of the above
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the numbers {first} and/or {last} are given, the respective
|
If the numbers {first} and/or {last} are given, the respective
|
||||||
range of entries from a history is listed. These numbers can
|
range of entries from a history is listed. These numbers can
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*debugger.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Nov 21
|
*debugger.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur
|
||||||
@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ Debugger Support Features *debugger-support*
|
|||||||
2. Vim Compile Options |debugger-compilation|
|
2. Vim Compile Options |debugger-compilation|
|
||||||
3. Integrated Debuggers |debugger-integration|
|
3. Integrated Debuggers |debugger-integration|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these features}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Debugger Features *debugger-features*
|
1. Debugger Features *debugger-features*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*diff.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 27
|
*diff.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 04
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -16,8 +16,6 @@ The basics are explained in section |08.7| of the user manual.
|
|||||||
4. Copying diffs |copy-diffs|
|
4. Copying diffs |copy-diffs|
|
||||||
5. Diff options |diff-options|
|
5. Diff options |diff-options|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Starting diff mode *start-vimdiff*
|
1. Starting diff mode *start-vimdiff*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*digraph.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 17
|
*digraph.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -18,7 +18,6 @@ An alternative is using the 'keymap' option.
|
|||||||
2. Using digraphs |digraphs-use|
|
2. Using digraphs |digraphs-use|
|
||||||
3. Default digraphs |digraphs-default|
|
3. Default digraphs |digraphs-default|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Defining digraphs *digraphs-define*
|
1. Defining digraphs *digraphs-define*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*editing.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Dec 16
|
*editing.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ An alternate file name is remembered for each window.
|
|||||||
:keepalt {cmd} Execute {cmd} while keeping the current alternate file
|
:keepalt {cmd} Execute {cmd} while keeping the current alternate file
|
||||||
name. Note that commands invoked indirectly (e.g.,
|
name. Note that commands invoked indirectly (e.g.,
|
||||||
with a function) may still set the alternate file
|
with a function) may still set the alternate file
|
||||||
name. {not in Vi}
|
name.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All file names are remembered in the buffer list. When you enter a file name,
|
All file names are remembered in the buffer list. When you enter a file name,
|
||||||
for editing (e.g., with ":e filename") or writing (e.g., with ":w filename"),
|
for editing (e.g., with ":e filename") or writing (e.g., with ":w filename"),
|
||||||
@ -60,14 +60,13 @@ CTRL-G or *CTRL-G* *:f* *:fi* *:file*
|
|||||||
option is set), and the file status (readonly,
|
option is set), and the file status (readonly,
|
||||||
modified, read errors, new file). See the 'shortmess'
|
modified, read errors, new file). See the 'shortmess'
|
||||||
option about how to make this message shorter.
|
option about how to make this message shorter.
|
||||||
{Vi does not include column number}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:f[ile]! like |:file|, but don't truncate the name even when
|
:f[ile]! like |:file|, but don't truncate the name even when
|
||||||
'shortmess' indicates this.
|
'shortmess' indicates this.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{count}CTRL-G Like CTRL-G, but prints the current file name with
|
{count}CTRL-G Like CTRL-G, but prints the current file name with
|
||||||
full path. If the count is higher than 1 the current
|
full path. If the count is higher than 1 the current
|
||||||
buffer number is also given. {not in Vi}
|
buffer number is also given.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g_CTRL-G* *word-count* *byte-count*
|
*g_CTRL-G* *word-count* *byte-count*
|
||||||
g CTRL-G Prints the current position of the cursor in five
|
g CTRL-G Prints the current position of the cursor in five
|
||||||
@ -80,7 +79,6 @@ g CTRL-G Prints the current position of the cursor in five
|
|||||||
column are shown, separated with a dash.
|
column are shown, separated with a dash.
|
||||||
Also see the 'ruler' option and the |wordcount()|
|
Also see the 'ruler' option and the |wordcount()|
|
||||||
function.
|
function.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_g_CTRL-G*
|
*v_g_CTRL-G*
|
||||||
{Visual}g CTRL-G Similar to "g CTRL-G", but Word, Character, Line, and
|
{Visual}g CTRL-G Similar to "g CTRL-G", but Word, Character, Line, and
|
||||||
@ -88,7 +86,6 @@ g CTRL-G Prints the current position of the cursor in five
|
|||||||
displayed.
|
displayed.
|
||||||
In Blockwise mode, Column count is also shown. (For
|
In Blockwise mode, Column count is also shown. (For
|
||||||
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|.)
|
{Visual} see |Visual-mode|.)
|
||||||
{not in VI}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:file_f*
|
*:file_f*
|
||||||
:f[ile][!] {name} Sets the current file name to {name}. The optional !
|
:f[ile][!] {name} Sets the current file name to {name}. The optional !
|
||||||
@ -98,14 +95,12 @@ g CTRL-G Prints the current position of the cursor in five
|
|||||||
to hold the old name.
|
to hold the old name.
|
||||||
*:0file*
|
*:0file*
|
||||||
:0f[ile][!] Remove the name of the current buffer. The optional !
|
:0f[ile][!] Remove the name of the current buffer. The optional !
|
||||||
avoids truncating the message, as with |:file|. {not
|
avoids truncating the message, as with |:file|.
|
||||||
in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:buffers
|
:buffers
|
||||||
:files
|
:files
|
||||||
:ls List all the currently known file names. See
|
:ls List all the currently known file names. See
|
||||||
'windows.txt' |:files| |:buffers| |:ls|. {not in
|
'windows.txt' |:files| |:buffers| |:ls|.
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Vim will remember the full path name of a file name that you enter. In most
|
Vim will remember the full path name of a file name that you enter. In most
|
||||||
cases when the file name is displayed only the name you typed is shown, but
|
cases when the file name is displayed only the name you typed is shown, but
|
||||||
@ -244,19 +239,17 @@ If you want to keep the changed buffer without saving it, switch on the
|
|||||||
If 'fileformats' is not empty, the first format given
|
If 'fileformats' is not empty, the first format given
|
||||||
will be used for the new buffer. If 'fileformats' is
|
will be used for the new buffer. If 'fileformats' is
|
||||||
empty, the 'fileformat' of the current buffer is used.
|
empty, the 'fileformat' of the current buffer is used.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ene!* *:enew!*
|
*:ene!* *:enew!*
|
||||||
:ene[w]! Edit a new, unnamed buffer. Discard any changes to
|
:ene[w]! Edit a new, unnamed buffer. Discard any changes to
|
||||||
the current buffer.
|
the current buffer.
|
||||||
Set 'fileformat' like |:enew|.
|
Set 'fileformat' like |:enew|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:fin* *:find*
|
*:fin* *:find*
|
||||||
:fin[d][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
|
:fin[d][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
|
||||||
Find {file} in 'path' and then |:edit| it.
|
Find {file} in 'path' and then |:edit| it.
|
||||||
{not in Vi} {not available when the |+file_in_path|
|
{not available when the |+file_in_path| feature was
|
||||||
feature was disabled at compile time}
|
disabled at compile time}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:{count}fin[d][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
|
:{count}fin[d][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
|
||||||
Just like ":find", but use the {count} match in
|
Just like ":find", but use the {count} match in
|
||||||
@ -278,7 +271,7 @@ If you want to keep the changed buffer without saving it, switch on the
|
|||||||
:vie[w][!] [++opt] [+cmd] file
|
:vie[w][!] [++opt] [+cmd] file
|
||||||
When used in Ex mode: Leave |Ex-mode|, go back to
|
When used in Ex mode: Leave |Ex-mode|, go back to
|
||||||
Normal mode. Otherwise same as |:edit|, but set
|
Normal mode. Otherwise same as |:edit|, but set
|
||||||
'readonly' option for this buffer. {not in Vi}
|
'readonly' option for this buffer.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*CTRL-^* *CTRL-6*
|
*CTRL-^* *CTRL-6*
|
||||||
CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file. Mostly the alternate file is
|
CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file. Mostly the alternate file is
|
||||||
@ -297,7 +290,6 @@ CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file. Mostly the alternate file is
|
|||||||
":e #[count]"). This is a quick way to switch between
|
":e #[count]"). This is a quick way to switch between
|
||||||
files.
|
files.
|
||||||
See |CTRL-^| above for further details.
|
See |CTRL-^| above for further details.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[count]]f *]f* *[f*
|
[count]]f *]f* *[f*
|
||||||
[count][f Same as "gf". Deprecated.
|
[count][f Same as "gf". Deprecated.
|
||||||
@ -331,7 +323,6 @@ CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file. Mostly the alternate file is
|
|||||||
For Unix the '~' character is expanded, like in
|
For Unix the '~' character is expanded, like in
|
||||||
"~user/file". Environment variables are expanded too
|
"~user/file". Environment variables are expanded too
|
||||||
|expand-env|.
|
|expand-env|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
{not available when the |+file_in_path| feature was
|
{not available when the |+file_in_path| feature was
|
||||||
disabled at compile time}
|
disabled at compile time}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -341,7 +332,6 @@ CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file. Mostly the alternate file is
|
|||||||
Leading blanks are skipped, otherwise all blanks and
|
Leading blanks are skipped, otherwise all blanks and
|
||||||
special characters are included in the file name.
|
special characters are included in the file name.
|
||||||
(For {Visual} see |Visual-mode|.)
|
(For {Visual} see |Visual-mode|.)
|
||||||
{not in VI}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gF*
|
*gF*
|
||||||
[count]gF Same as "gf", except if a number follows the file
|
[count]gF Same as "gf", except if a number follows the file
|
||||||
@ -637,7 +627,6 @@ list of the current window.
|
|||||||
still be added to the argument list, but won't be
|
still be added to the argument list, but won't be
|
||||||
edited. No check for duplicates is done.
|
edited. No check for duplicates is done.
|
||||||
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[count]arga[dd] {name} .. *:arga* *:argadd* *E479*
|
:[count]arga[dd] {name} .. *:arga* *:argadd* *E479*
|
||||||
:[count]arga[dd]
|
:[count]arga[dd]
|
||||||
@ -659,7 +648,6 @@ list of the current window.
|
|||||||
There is no check for duplicates, it is possible to
|
There is no check for duplicates, it is possible to
|
||||||
add a file to the argument list twice.
|
add a file to the argument list twice.
|
||||||
The currently edited file is not changed.
|
The currently edited file is not changed.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
Note: you can also use this method: >
|
Note: you can also use this method: >
|
||||||
:args ## x
|
:args ## x
|
||||||
< This will add the "x" item and sort the new list.
|
< This will add the "x" item and sort the new list.
|
||||||
@ -673,7 +661,6 @@ list of the current window.
|
|||||||
when it's deleted from the argument list.
|
when it's deleted from the argument list.
|
||||||
Example: >
|
Example: >
|
||||||
:argdel *.obj
|
:argdel *.obj
|
||||||
< {not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[range]argd[elete] Delete the {range} files from the argument list.
|
:[range]argd[elete] Delete the {range} files from the argument list.
|
||||||
Example: >
|
Example: >
|
||||||
@ -688,7 +675,6 @@ list of the current window.
|
|||||||
< Removes all the files from the arglist.
|
< Removes all the files from the arglist.
|
||||||
When the last number in the range is too high, up to
|
When the last number in the range is too high, up to
|
||||||
the last argument is deleted.
|
the last argument is deleted.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:argu* *:argument*
|
*:argu* *:argument*
|
||||||
:[count]argu[ment] [count] [++opt] [+cmd]
|
:[count]argu[ment] [count] [++opt] [+cmd]
|
||||||
@ -697,14 +683,12 @@ list of the current window.
|
|||||||
when changes have been made and Vim does not want to
|
when changes have been made and Vim does not want to
|
||||||
|abandon| the current buffer.
|
|abandon| the current buffer.
|
||||||
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[count]argu[ment]! [count] [++opt] [+cmd]
|
:[count]argu[ment]! [count] [++opt] [+cmd]
|
||||||
Edit file [count] in the argument list, discard any
|
Edit file [count] in the argument list, discard any
|
||||||
changes to the current buffer. When [count] is
|
changes to the current buffer. When [count] is
|
||||||
omitted the current entry is used.
|
omitted the current entry is used.
|
||||||
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[count]n[ext] [++opt] [+cmd] *:n* *:ne* *:next* *E165* *E163*
|
:[count]n[ext] [++opt] [+cmd] *:n* *:ne* *:next* *E165* *E163*
|
||||||
Edit [count] next file. This fails when changes have
|
Edit [count] next file. This fails when changes have
|
||||||
@ -727,7 +711,7 @@ list of the current window.
|
|||||||
Edit [count] previous file in argument list. This
|
Edit [count] previous file in argument list. This
|
||||||
fails when changes have been made and Vim does not
|
fails when changes have been made and Vim does not
|
||||||
want to |abandon| the current buffer.
|
want to |abandon| the current buffer.
|
||||||
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. {Vi: no count or ++opt}.
|
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[count]N[ext]! [count] [++opt] [+cmd]
|
:[count]N[ext]! [count] [++opt] [+cmd]
|
||||||
Edit [count] previous file in argument list. Discard
|
Edit [count] previous file in argument list. Discard
|
||||||
@ -748,44 +732,43 @@ list of the current window.
|
|||||||
:rew[ind]! [++opt] [+cmd]
|
:rew[ind]! [++opt] [+cmd]
|
||||||
Start editing the first file in the argument list.
|
Start editing the first file in the argument list.
|
||||||
Discard any changes to the buffer. Also see |++opt|
|
Discard any changes to the buffer. Also see |++opt|
|
||||||
and |+cmd|. {Vi: no ++opt}
|
and |+cmd|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:fir* *:first*
|
*:fir* *:first*
|
||||||
:fir[st][!] [++opt] [+cmd]
|
:fir[st][!] [++opt] [+cmd]
|
||||||
Other name for ":rewind". {not in Vi}
|
Other name for ":rewind".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:la* *:last*
|
*:la* *:last*
|
||||||
:la[st] [++opt] [+cmd]
|
:la[st] [++opt] [+cmd]
|
||||||
Start editing the last file in the argument list.
|
Start editing the last file in the argument list.
|
||||||
This fails when changes have been made and Vim does
|
This fails when changes have been made and Vim does
|
||||||
not want to |abandon| the current buffer.
|
not want to |abandon| the current buffer.
|
||||||
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. {not in Vi}
|
Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:la[st]! [++opt] [+cmd]
|
:la[st]! [++opt] [+cmd]
|
||||||
Start editing the last file in the argument list.
|
Start editing the last file in the argument list.
|
||||||
Discard any changes to the buffer. Also see |++opt|
|
Discard any changes to the buffer. Also see |++opt|
|
||||||
and |+cmd|. {not in Vi}
|
and |+cmd|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:wn* *:wnext*
|
*:wn* *:wnext*
|
||||||
:[count]wn[ext] [++opt]
|
:[count]wn[ext] [++opt]
|
||||||
Write current file and start editing the [count]
|
Write current file and start editing the [count]
|
||||||
next file. Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. {not in Vi}
|
next file. Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[count]wn[ext] [++opt] {file}
|
:[count]wn[ext] [++opt] {file}
|
||||||
Write current file to {file} and start editing the
|
Write current file to {file} and start editing the
|
||||||
[count] next file, unless {file} already exists and
|
[count] next file, unless {file} already exists and
|
||||||
the 'writeany' option is off. Also see |++opt| and
|
the 'writeany' option is off. Also see |++opt| and
|
||||||
|+cmd|. {not in Vi}
|
|+cmd|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[count]wn[ext]! [++opt] {file}
|
:[count]wn[ext]! [++opt] {file}
|
||||||
Write current file to {file} and start editing the
|
Write current file to {file} and start editing the
|
||||||
[count] next file. Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. {not
|
[count] next file. Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
|
||||||
in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[count]wN[ext][!] [++opt] [file] *:wN* *:wNext*
|
:[count]wN[ext][!] [++opt] [file] *:wN* *:wNext*
|
||||||
:[count]wp[revious][!] [++opt] [file] *:wp* *:wprevious*
|
:[count]wp[revious][!] [++opt] [file] *:wp* *:wprevious*
|
||||||
Same as :wnext, but go to previous file instead of
|
Same as :wnext, but go to previous file instead of
|
||||||
next. {not in Vi}
|
next.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The [count] in the commands above defaults to one. For some commands it is
|
The [count] in the commands above defaults to one. For some commands it is
|
||||||
possible to use two counts. The last one (rightmost one) is used.
|
possible to use two counts. The last one (rightmost one) is used.
|
||||||
@ -826,8 +809,6 @@ fourth file in the argument list. This happens when you do ":e file".
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
LOCAL ARGUMENT LIST
|
LOCAL ARGUMENT LIST
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:arglocal*
|
*:arglocal*
|
||||||
:argl[ocal] Make a local copy of the global argument list.
|
:argl[ocal] Make a local copy of the global argument list.
|
||||||
Doesn't start editing another file.
|
Doesn't start editing another file.
|
||||||
@ -878,7 +859,6 @@ USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
|
|||||||
autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
|
autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
|
||||||
'eventignore'. This considerably speeds up editing
|
'eventignore'. This considerably speeds up editing
|
||||||
each file.
|
each file.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
|
Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
|
||||||
|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
|
|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -970,12 +950,11 @@ slower (but safer).
|
|||||||
When 'filetype' is empty filetype detection is done
|
When 'filetype' is empty filetype detection is done
|
||||||
with the new name, before the file is written.
|
with the new name, before the file is written.
|
||||||
When the write was successful 'readonly' is reset.
|
When the write was successful 'readonly' is reset.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:up* *:update*
|
*:up* *:update*
|
||||||
:[range]up[date][!] [++opt] [>>] [file]
|
:[range]up[date][!] [++opt] [>>] [file]
|
||||||
Like ":write", but only write when the buffer has been
|
Like ":write", but only write when the buffer has been
|
||||||
modified. {not in Vi}
|
modified.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WRITING WITH MULTIPLE BUFFERS *buffer-write*
|
WRITING WITH MULTIPLE BUFFERS *buffer-write*
|
||||||
@ -983,11 +962,11 @@ WRITING WITH MULTIPLE BUFFERS *buffer-write*
|
|||||||
*:wa* *:wall*
|
*:wa* *:wall*
|
||||||
:wa[ll] Write all changed buffers. Buffers without a file
|
:wa[ll] Write all changed buffers. Buffers without a file
|
||||||
name cause an error message. Buffers which are
|
name cause an error message. Buffers which are
|
||||||
readonly are not written. {not in Vi}
|
readonly are not written.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:wa[ll]! Write all changed buffers, even the ones that are
|
:wa[ll]! Write all changed buffers, even the ones that are
|
||||||
readonly. Buffers without a file name are not
|
readonly. Buffers without a file name are not
|
||||||
written and cause an error message. {not in Vi}
|
written and cause an error message.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Vim will warn you if you try to overwrite a file that has been changed
|
Vim will warn you if you try to overwrite a file that has been changed
|
||||||
@ -1118,7 +1097,7 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:conf[irm] q[uit] Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or
|
:conf[irm] q[uit] Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or
|
||||||
the last file in the argument list has not been
|
the last file in the argument list has not been
|
||||||
edited. See |:confirm| and 'confirm'. {not in Vi}
|
edited. See |:confirm| and 'confirm'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:q[uit]! Quit without writing, also when the current buffer has
|
:q[uit]! Quit without writing, also when the current buffer has
|
||||||
changes. The buffer is unloaded, also when it has
|
changes. The buffer is unloaded, also when it has
|
||||||
@ -1131,7 +1110,7 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:cq[uit] Quit always, without writing, and return an error
|
:cq[uit] Quit always, without writing, and return an error
|
||||||
code. See |:cq|. Used for Manx's QuickFix mode (see
|
code. See |:cq|. Used for Manx's QuickFix mode (see
|
||||||
|quickfix|). {not in Vi}
|
|quickfix|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:wq*
|
*:wq*
|
||||||
:wq [++opt] Write the current file and quit. Writing fails when
|
:wq [++opt] Write the current file and quit. Writing fails when
|
||||||
@ -1169,7 +1148,7 @@ ZZ Write current file, if modified, and quit (same as
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*ZQ*
|
*ZQ*
|
||||||
ZQ Quit without checking for changes (same as ":q!").
|
ZQ Quit without checking for changes (same as ":q!").
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MULTIPLE WINDOWS AND BUFFERS *window-exit*
|
MULTIPLE WINDOWS AND BUFFERS *window-exit*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -1177,36 +1156,35 @@ MULTIPLE WINDOWS AND BUFFERS *window-exit*
|
|||||||
:qa[ll] Exit Vim, unless there are some buffers which have been
|
:qa[ll] Exit Vim, unless there are some buffers which have been
|
||||||
changed. (Use ":bmod" to go to the next modified buffer).
|
changed. (Use ":bmod" to go to the next modified buffer).
|
||||||
When 'autowriteall' is set all changed buffers will be
|
When 'autowriteall' is set all changed buffers will be
|
||||||
written, like |:wqall|. {not in Vi}
|
written, like |:wqall|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:conf[irm] qa[ll]
|
:conf[irm] qa[ll]
|
||||||
Exit Vim. Bring up a prompt when some buffers have been
|
Exit Vim. Bring up a prompt when some buffers have been
|
||||||
changed. See |:confirm|. {not in Vi}
|
changed. See |:confirm|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:qa[ll]! Exit Vim. Any changes to buffers are lost. {not in Vi}
|
:qa[ll]! Exit Vim. Any changes to buffers are lost.
|
||||||
Also see |:cquit|, it does the same but exits with a non-zero
|
Also see |:cquit|, it does the same but exits with a non-zero
|
||||||
value.
|
value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:quita* *:quitall*
|
*:quita* *:quitall*
|
||||||
:quita[ll][!] Same as ":qall". {not in Vi}
|
:quita[ll][!] Same as ":qall".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:wqa[ll] [++opt] *:wqa* *:wqall* *:xa* *:xall*
|
:wqa[ll] [++opt] *:wqa* *:wqall* *:xa* *:xall*
|
||||||
:xa[ll] Write all changed buffers and exit Vim. If there are buffers
|
:xa[ll] Write all changed buffers and exit Vim. If there are buffers
|
||||||
without a file name, which are readonly or which cannot be
|
without a file name, which are readonly or which cannot be
|
||||||
written for another reason, Vim will not quit. {not in Vi}
|
written for another reason, Vim will not quit.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:conf[irm] wqa[ll] [++opt]
|
:conf[irm] wqa[ll] [++opt]
|
||||||
:conf[irm] xa[ll]
|
:conf[irm] xa[ll]
|
||||||
Write all changed buffers and exit Vim. Bring up a prompt
|
Write all changed buffers and exit Vim. Bring up a prompt
|
||||||
when some buffers are readonly or cannot be written for
|
when some buffers are readonly or cannot be written for
|
||||||
another reason. See |:confirm|. {not in Vi}
|
another reason. See |:confirm|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:wqa[ll]! [++opt]
|
:wqa[ll]! [++opt]
|
||||||
:xa[ll]! Write all changed buffers, even the ones that are readonly,
|
:xa[ll]! Write all changed buffers, even the ones that are readonly,
|
||||||
and exit Vim. If there are buffers without a file name or
|
and exit Vim. If there are buffers without a file name or
|
||||||
which cannot be written for another reason, or there is a
|
which cannot be written for another reason, or there is a
|
||||||
terminal with a running job, Vim will not quit.
|
terminal with a running job, Vim will not quit.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
6. Dialogs *edit-dialogs*
|
6. Dialogs *edit-dialogs*
|
||||||
@ -1317,10 +1295,12 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
|
|||||||
name. On Unix systems: Change the current directory
|
name. On Unix systems: Change the current directory
|
||||||
to the home directory. Use |:pwd| to print the
|
to the home directory. Use |:pwd| to print the
|
||||||
current directory on all systems.
|
current directory on all systems.
|
||||||
|
On Unix systems: clear any window-local directory.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:cd[!] {path} Change the current directory to {path}.
|
:cd[!] {path} Change the current directory to {path}.
|
||||||
If {path} is relative, it is searched for in the
|
If {path} is relative, it is searched for in the
|
||||||
directories listed in |'cdpath'|.
|
directories listed in |'cdpath'|.
|
||||||
|
Clear any window-local directory.
|
||||||
Does not change the meaning of an already opened file,
|
Does not change the meaning of an already opened file,
|
||||||
because its full path name is remembered. Files from
|
because its full path name is remembered. Files from
|
||||||
the |arglist| may change though!
|
the |arglist| may change though!
|
||||||
@ -1330,7 +1310,7 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
|
|||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*:cd-* *E186*
|
*:cd-* *E186*
|
||||||
:cd[!] - Change to the previous current directory (before the
|
:cd[!] - Change to the previous current directory (before the
|
||||||
previous ":cd {path}" command). {not in Vi}
|
previous ":cd {path}" command).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:chd* *:chdir*
|
*:chd* *:chdir*
|
||||||
:chd[ir][!] [path] Same as |:cd|.
|
:chd[ir][!] [path] Same as |:cd|.
|
||||||
@ -1341,20 +1321,18 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
|
|||||||
The current directory is not changed for windows in
|
The current directory is not changed for windows in
|
||||||
other tabs and for windows in the current tab that
|
other tabs and for windows in the current tab that
|
||||||
have their own window-local directory.
|
have their own window-local directory.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:tch* *:tchdir*
|
*:tch* *:tchdir*
|
||||||
:tch[dir][!] Same as |:tcd|. {not in Vi}
|
:tch[dir][!] Same as |:tcd|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:lc* *:lcd*
|
*:lc* *:lcd*
|
||||||
:lc[d][!] {path} Like |:cd|, but only set the current directory when
|
:lc[d][!] {path} Like |:cd|, but only set the current directory when
|
||||||
the cursor is in the current window. The current
|
the cursor is in the current window. The current
|
||||||
directory for other windows is not changed, switching
|
directory for other windows is not changed, switching
|
||||||
to another window will stop using {path}.
|
to another window will stop using {path}.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:lch* *:lchdir*
|
*:lch* *:lchdir*
|
||||||
:lch[dir][!] Same as |:lcd|. {not in Vi}
|
:lch[dir][!] Same as |:lcd|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:pw* *:pwd* *E187*
|
*:pw* *:pwd* *E187*
|
||||||
:pw[d] Print the current directory name. {Vi: no pwd}
|
:pw[d] Print the current directory name. {Vi: no pwd}
|
||||||
@ -1416,8 +1394,7 @@ There are a few things to remember when editing binary files:
|
|||||||
file. Otherwise both <CR> <NL> and <NL> are considered to end a line
|
file. Otherwise both <CR> <NL> and <NL> are considered to end a line
|
||||||
and when the file is written the <NL> will be replaced with <CR> <NL>.
|
and when the file is written the <NL> will be replaced with <CR> <NL>.
|
||||||
- <Nul> characters are shown on the screen as ^@. You can enter them with
|
- <Nul> characters are shown on the screen as ^@. You can enter them with
|
||||||
"CTRL-V CTRL-@" or "CTRL-V 000" {Vi cannot handle <Nul> characters in the
|
"CTRL-V CTRL-@" or "CTRL-V 000"
|
||||||
file}
|
|
||||||
- To insert a <NL> character in the file split a line. When writing the
|
- To insert a <NL> character in the file split a line. When writing the
|
||||||
buffer to a file a <NL> will be written for the <EOL>.
|
buffer to a file a <NL> will be written for the <EOL>.
|
||||||
- Vim normally appends an <EOL> at the end of the file if there is none.
|
- Vim normally appends an <EOL> at the end of the file if there is none.
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*eval.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 27
|
*eval.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -33,8 +33,6 @@ done, the features in this document are not available. See |+eval| and
|
|||||||
13. Textlock |textlock|
|
13. Textlock |textlock|
|
||||||
14. Testing |testing|
|
14. Testing |testing|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Variables *variables*
|
1. Variables *variables*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*farsi.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 16
|
*farsi.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran
|
||||||
@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Right to Left and Farsi Mapping for Vim *farsi* *Farsi*
|
Right to Left and Farsi Mapping for Vim *farsi* *Farsi*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*E27*
|
*E27*
|
||||||
Farsi support has been removed in patch 8.1.0932. At that time it was
|
Farsi support has been removed in patch 8.1.0932. At that time it was
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*filetype.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 18
|
*filetype.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ Filetypes *filetype* *file-type*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Also see |autocmd.txt|.
|
Also see |autocmd.txt|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Filetypes *filetypes* *file-types*
|
1. Filetypes *filetypes* *file-types*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*fold.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Mar 18
|
*fold.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ You can find an introduction on folding in chapter 28 of the user manual.
|
|||||||
3. Fold options |fold-options|
|
3. Fold options |fold-options|
|
||||||
4. Behavior of folds |fold-behavior|
|
4. Behavior of folds |fold-behavior|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi has no Folding}
|
|
||||||
{not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
|
{not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*gui.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 28
|
*gui.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ Other GUI documentation:
|
|||||||
|gui_x11.txt| For specific items of the X11 GUI.
|
|gui_x11.txt| For specific items of the X11 GUI.
|
||||||
|gui_w32.txt| For specific items of the Win32 GUI.
|
|gui_w32.txt| For specific items of the Win32 GUI.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Starting the GUI *gui-start* *E229* *E233*
|
1. Starting the GUI *gui-start* *E229* *E233*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*gui_w32.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 28
|
*gui_w32.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ Other relevant documentation:
|
|||||||
|gui.txt| For generic items of the GUI.
|
|gui.txt| For generic items of the GUI.
|
||||||
|os_win32.txt| For Win32 specific items.
|
|os_win32.txt| For Win32 specific items.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have a Windows GUI}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Starting the GUI *gui-w32-start*
|
1. Starting the GUI *gui-w32-start*
|
||||||
@ -414,7 +413,7 @@ be opened as normal. See |drag-n-drop|.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:simalt* *:sim*
|
*:simalt* *:sim*
|
||||||
:sim[alt] {key} simulate pressing {key} while holding Alt pressed.
|
:sim[alt] {key} simulate pressing {key} while holding Alt pressed.
|
||||||
{not in Vi} {only for Win32 versions}
|
{only for Win32 versions}
|
||||||
Note: ":si" means ":s" with the "i" flag.
|
Note: ":si" means ":s" with the "i" flag.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Normally, Vim takes control of all Alt-<Key> combinations, to increase the
|
Normally, Vim takes control of all Alt-<Key> combinations, to increase the
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 12
|
*gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ Vim's Graphical User Interface *gui-x11* *GUI-X11*
|
|||||||
Other relevant documentation:
|
Other relevant documentation:
|
||||||
|gui.txt| For generic items of the GUI.
|
|gui.txt| For generic items of the GUI.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Starting the X11 GUI *gui-x11-start* *E665*
|
1. Starting the X11 GUI *gui-x11-start* *E665*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*hebrew.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2007 Jun 14
|
*hebrew.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ron Aaron (and Avner Lottem)
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ron Aaron (and Avner Lottem)
|
||||||
@ -10,10 +10,7 @@ The supporting 'rightleft' functionality was originally created by Avner
|
|||||||
Lottem. <alottem at gmail dot com> Ron Aaron <ron at ronware dot org> is
|
Lottem. <alottem at gmail dot com> Ron Aaron <ron at ronware dot org> is
|
||||||
currently helping support these features.
|
currently helping support these features.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
{only available when the |+rightleft| feature was enabled at compile time}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All this is only available when the |+rightleft| feature was enabled at
|
|
||||||
compile time.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Introduction
|
Introduction
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*helphelp.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Mar 19
|
*helphelp.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 04
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ Help on help files *helphelp*
|
|||||||
the very top.
|
the very top.
|
||||||
The 'helplang' option is used to select a language, if
|
The 'helplang' option is used to select a language, if
|
||||||
the main help file is available in several languages.
|
the main help file is available in several languages.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*{subject}* *E149* *E661*
|
*{subject}* *E149* *E661*
|
||||||
:h[elp] {subject} Like ":help", additionally jump to the tag {subject}.
|
:h[elp] {subject} Like ":help", additionally jump to the tag {subject}.
|
||||||
@ -97,7 +96,6 @@ Help on help files *helphelp*
|
|||||||
command from a following command. You need to type
|
command from a following command. You need to type
|
||||||
CTRL-V first to insert the <LF> or <CR>. Example: >
|
CTRL-V first to insert the <LF> or <CR>. Example: >
|
||||||
:help so<C-V><CR>only
|
:help so<C-V><CR>only
|
||||||
< {not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:h[elp]! [subject] Like ":help", but in non-English help files prefer to
|
:h[elp]! [subject] Like ":help", but in non-English help files prefer to
|
||||||
find a tag in a file with the same language as the
|
find a tag in a file with the same language as the
|
||||||
@ -133,7 +131,6 @@ Help on help files *helphelp*
|
|||||||
|:execute| when needed.
|
|:execute| when needed.
|
||||||
Compressed help files will not be searched (Fedora
|
Compressed help files will not be searched (Fedora
|
||||||
compresses the help files).
|
compresses the help files).
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:lh* *:lhelpgrep*
|
*:lh* *:lhelpgrep*
|
||||||
:lh[elpgrep] {pattern}[@xx]
|
:lh[elpgrep] {pattern}[@xx]
|
||||||
@ -147,11 +144,11 @@ Help on help files *helphelp*
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:exu* *:exusage*
|
*:exu* *:exusage*
|
||||||
:exu[sage] Show help on Ex commands. Added to simulate the Nvi
|
:exu[sage] Show help on Ex commands. Added to simulate the Nvi
|
||||||
command. {not in Vi}
|
command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:viu* *:viusage*
|
*:viu* *:viusage*
|
||||||
:viu[sage] Show help on Normal mode commands. Added to simulate
|
:viu[sage] Show help on Normal mode commands. Added to simulate
|
||||||
the Nvi command. {not in Vi}
|
the Nvi command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When no argument is given to |:help| the file given with the 'helpfile' option
|
When no argument is given to |:help| the file given with the 'helpfile' option
|
||||||
will be opened. Otherwise the specified tag is searched for in all "doc/tags"
|
will be opened. Otherwise the specified tag is searched for in all "doc/tags"
|
||||||
@ -199,7 +196,6 @@ command: >
|
|||||||
Only for backwards compatibility. It now executes the
|
Only for backwards compatibility. It now executes the
|
||||||
ToolBar.FindHelp menu entry instead of using a builtin
|
ToolBar.FindHelp menu entry instead of using a builtin
|
||||||
dialog. {only when compiled with |+GUI_GTK|}
|
dialog. {only when compiled with |+GUI_GTK|}
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:helpt* *:helptags*
|
*:helpt* *:helptags*
|
||||||
*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
|
*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
|
||||||
@ -224,8 +220,6 @@ command: >
|
|||||||
To rebuild the help tags in the runtime directory
|
To rebuild the help tags in the runtime directory
|
||||||
(requires write permission there): >
|
(requires write permission there): >
|
||||||
:helptags $VIMRUNTIME/doc
|
:helptags $VIMRUNTIME/doc
|
||||||
< {not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
2. Translated help files *help-translated*
|
2. Translated help files *help-translated*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*if_cscop.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Jan 21
|
*if_cscop.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Andy Kahn
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Andy Kahn
|
||||||
@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ functions as you normally would with |tags|.
|
|||||||
7. Availability & Information |cscope-info|
|
7. Availability & Information |cscope-info|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This is currently for Unix and Win32 only.
|
This is currently for Unix and Win32 only.
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Cscope introduction *cscope-intro*
|
1. Cscope introduction *cscope-intro*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*if_lua.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2015 Oct 16
|
*if_lua.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Luis Carvalho
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Luis Carvalho
|
||||||
@ -17,17 +17,14 @@ The Lua Interface to Vim *lua* *Lua*
|
|||||||
9. luaeval() Vim function |lua-luaeval|
|
9. luaeval() Vim function |lua-luaeval|
|
||||||
10. Dynamic loading |lua-dynamic|
|
10. Dynamic loading |lua-dynamic|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
{only available when Vim was compiled with the |+lua| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Lua interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
|
|
||||||
|+lua| feature.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Commands *lua-commands*
|
1. Commands *lua-commands*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:lua*
|
*:lua*
|
||||||
:[range]lua {chunk}
|
:[range]lua {chunk}
|
||||||
Execute Lua chunk {chunk}. {not in Vi}
|
Execute Lua chunk {chunk}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Examples:
|
Examples:
|
||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
@ -38,7 +35,7 @@ Examples:
|
|||||||
:[range]lua << {endmarker}
|
:[range]lua << {endmarker}
|
||||||
{script}
|
{script}
|
||||||
{endmarker}
|
{endmarker}
|
||||||
Execute Lua script {script}. {not in Vi}
|
Execute Lua script {script}.
|
||||||
Note: This command doesn't work when the Lua
|
Note: This command doesn't work when the Lua
|
||||||
feature wasn't compiled in. To avoid errors, see
|
feature wasn't compiled in. To avoid errors, see
|
||||||
|script-here|.
|
|script-here|.
|
||||||
@ -75,7 +72,6 @@ If you use LuaJIT you can also use this: >
|
|||||||
If the value returned by the function is a string it
|
If the value returned by the function is a string it
|
||||||
becomes the text of the line in the current turn. The
|
becomes the text of the line in the current turn. The
|
||||||
default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$".
|
default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$".
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Examples:
|
Examples:
|
||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
@ -89,7 +85,7 @@ Examples:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:luafile*
|
*:luafile*
|
||||||
:[range]luafile {file}
|
:[range]luafile {file}
|
||||||
Execute Lua script in {file}. {not in Vi}
|
Execute Lua script in {file}.
|
||||||
The whole argument is used as a single file name.
|
The whole argument is used as a single file name.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Examples:
|
Examples:
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*if_mzsch.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Oct 08
|
*if_mzsch.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sergey Khorev
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sergey Khorev
|
||||||
@ -15,10 +15,7 @@ The MzScheme Interface to Vim *mzscheme* *MzScheme*
|
|||||||
7. Dynamic loading |mzscheme-dynamic|
|
7. Dynamic loading |mzscheme-dynamic|
|
||||||
8. MzScheme setup |mzscheme-setup|
|
8. MzScheme setup |mzscheme-setup|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
{only available when Vim was compiled with the |+mzscheme| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The MzScheme interface is available only if Vim was compiled with the
|
|
||||||
|+mzscheme| feature.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Based on the work of Brent Fulgham.
|
Based on the work of Brent Fulgham.
|
||||||
Dynamic loading added by Sergey Khorev
|
Dynamic loading added by Sergey Khorev
|
||||||
@ -40,7 +37,7 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:mzscheme* *:mz*
|
*:mzscheme* *:mz*
|
||||||
:[range]mz[scheme] {stmt}
|
:[range]mz[scheme] {stmt}
|
||||||
Execute MzScheme statement {stmt}. {not in Vi}
|
Execute MzScheme statement {stmt}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[range]mz[scheme] << {endmarker}
|
:[range]mz[scheme] << {endmarker}
|
||||||
{script}
|
{script}
|
||||||
@ -51,7 +48,7 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
|
|||||||
|script-here|.
|
|script-here|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:mzfile* *:mzf*
|
*:mzfile* *:mzf*
|
||||||
:[range]mzf[ile] {file} Execute the MzScheme script in {file}. {not in Vi}
|
:[range]mzf[ile] {file} Execute the MzScheme script in {file}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All of these commands do essentially the same thing - they execute a piece of
|
All of these commands do essentially the same thing - they execute a piece of
|
||||||
MzScheme code, with the "current range" set to the given line
|
MzScheme code, with the "current range" set to the given line
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*if_ole.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2008 Aug 16
|
*if_ole.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore
|
||||||
@ -12,10 +12,8 @@ The OLE Interface to Vim *ole-interface*
|
|||||||
4. Registration |ole-registration|
|
4. Registration |ole-registration|
|
||||||
5. MS Visual Studio integration |MSVisualStudio|
|
5. MS Visual Studio integration |MSVisualStudio|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
{only available when compiled with the |+ole| feature. See
|
||||||
|
src/if_ole.INSTALL}
|
||||||
OLE is only available when compiled with the |+ole| feature. See
|
|
||||||
src/if_ole.INSTALL.
|
|
||||||
An alternative is using the client-server communication |clientserver|.
|
An alternative is using the client-server communication |clientserver|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*if_perl.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 29
|
*if_perl.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sven Verdoolaege
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sven Verdoolaege
|
||||||
@ -11,9 +11,7 @@ Perl and Vim *perl* *Perl*
|
|||||||
3. Using the Perl interface |perl-using|
|
3. Using the Perl interface |perl-using|
|
||||||
4. Dynamic loading |perl-dynamic|
|
4. Dynamic loading |perl-dynamic|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
{only available when Vim was compiled with the |+perl| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Perl interface only works when Vim was compiled with the |+perl| feature.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Editing Perl files *perl-editing*
|
1. Editing Perl files *perl-editing*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*if_pyth.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Jan 30
|
*if_pyth.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 04
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore
|
||||||
@ -19,8 +19,6 @@ The Python Interface to Vim *python* *Python*
|
|||||||
11. Python X |python_x|
|
11. Python X |python_x|
|
||||||
12. Building with Python support |python-building|
|
12. Building with Python support |python-building|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Python 2.x interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
|
The Python 2.x interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
|
||||||
|+python| feature.
|
|+python| feature.
|
||||||
The Python 3 interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
|
The Python 3 interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
|
||||||
@ -76,7 +74,6 @@ and "EOF" do not have any indent.
|
|||||||
None. If a string is returned, it becomes the text of
|
None. If a string is returned, it becomes the text of
|
||||||
the line in the current turn. The default for [range]
|
the line in the current turn. The default for [range]
|
||||||
is the whole file: "1,$".
|
is the whole file: "1,$".
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Examples:
|
Examples:
|
||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
@ -98,7 +95,7 @@ python. For example: >
|
|||||||
*:pyfile* *:pyf*
|
*:pyfile* *:pyf*
|
||||||
:[range]pyf[ile] {file}
|
:[range]pyf[ile] {file}
|
||||||
Execute the Python script in {file}. The whole
|
Execute the Python script in {file}. The whole
|
||||||
argument is used as a single file name. {not in Vi}
|
argument is used as a single file name.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Both of these commands do essentially the same thing - they execute a piece of
|
Both of these commands do essentially the same thing - they execute a piece of
|
||||||
Python code, with the "current range" |python-range| set to the given line
|
Python code, with the "current range" |python-range| set to the given line
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*if_ruby.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 29
|
*if_ruby.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Shugo Maeda
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Shugo Maeda
|
||||||
@ -14,10 +14,9 @@ The Ruby Interface to Vim *ruby* *Ruby*
|
|||||||
6. rubyeval() Vim function |ruby-rubyeval|
|
6. rubyeval() Vim function |ruby-rubyeval|
|
||||||
7. Dynamic loading |ruby-dynamic|
|
7. Dynamic loading |ruby-dynamic|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
*E266* *E267* *E268* *E269* *E270* *E271* *E272* *E273*
|
*E266* *E267* *E268* *E269* *E270* *E271* *E272* *E273*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Ruby interface only works when Vim was compiled with the |+ruby| feature.
|
{only available when Vim was compiled with the |+ruby| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The home page for ruby is http://www.ruby-lang.org/. You can find links for
|
The home page for ruby is http://www.ruby-lang.org/. You can find links for
|
||||||
downloading Ruby there.
|
downloading Ruby there.
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*if_tcl.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2016 Jan 01
|
*if_tcl.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ingo Wilken
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ingo Wilken
|
||||||
@ -16,9 +16,8 @@ The Tcl Interface to Vim *tcl* *Tcl* *TCL*
|
|||||||
8. Examples |tcl-examples|
|
8. Examples |tcl-examples|
|
||||||
9. Dynamic loading |tcl-dynamic|
|
9. Dynamic loading |tcl-dynamic|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands} *E280*
|
*E280*
|
||||||
|
{only available when Vim was compiled with the |+tcl| feature}
|
||||||
The Tcl interface only works when Vim was compiled with the |+tcl| feature.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARNING: There are probably still some bugs. Please send bug reports,
|
WARNING: There are probably still some bugs. Please send bug reports,
|
||||||
comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
|
comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
|
||||||
@ -66,12 +65,11 @@ To see what version of Tcl you have: >
|
|||||||
possible to add or delete lines using this command.
|
possible to add or delete lines using this command.
|
||||||
If {cmd} returns an error, the command is interrupted.
|
If {cmd} returns an error, the command is interrupted.
|
||||||
The default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$".
|
The default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$".
|
||||||
See |tcl-var-line| and |tcl-var-lnum|. {not in Vi}
|
See |tcl-var-line| and |tcl-var-lnum|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:tclfile* *:tclf*
|
*:tclfile* *:tclf*
|
||||||
:tclf[ile] {file} Execute the Tcl script in {file}. This is the same as
|
:tclf[ile] {file} Execute the Tcl script in {file}. This is the same as
|
||||||
":tcl source {file}", but allows file name completion.
|
":tcl source {file}", but allows file name completion.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that Tcl objects (like variables) persist from one command to the next,
|
Note that Tcl objects (like variables) persist from one command to the next,
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*index.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 19
|
*index.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 24
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -862,6 +862,10 @@ tag char note action in Normal mode ~
|
|||||||
position the cursor at the start (left
|
position the cursor at the start (left
|
||||||
side) of the screen
|
side) of the screen
|
||||||
|zt| zt redraw, cursor line at top of window
|
|zt| zt redraw, cursor line at top of window
|
||||||
|
|zuw| zuw undo |zw|
|
||||||
|
|zug| zug undo |zg|
|
||||||
|
|zuW| zuW undo |zW|
|
||||||
|
|zuG| zuG undo |zG|
|
||||||
|zv| zv open enough folds to view the cursor line
|
|zv| zv open enough folds to view the cursor line
|
||||||
|zw| zw mark word as wrong (bad) spelled word
|
|zw| zw mark word as wrong (bad) spelled word
|
||||||
|zx| zx re-apply 'foldlevel' and do "zv"
|
|zx| zx re-apply 'foldlevel' and do "zv"
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*insert.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 06
|
*insert.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ CTRL-C Quit insert mode, go back to Normal mode. Do not check for
|
|||||||
CTRL-@ Insert previously inserted text and stop insert. {Vi: only
|
CTRL-@ Insert previously inserted text and stop insert. {Vi: only
|
||||||
when typed as first char, only up to 128 chars}
|
when typed as first char, only up to 128 chars}
|
||||||
*i_CTRL-A*
|
*i_CTRL-A*
|
||||||
CTRL-A Insert previously inserted text. {not in Vi}
|
CTRL-A Insert previously inserted text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*i_CTRL-H* *i_<BS>* *i_BS*
|
*i_CTRL-H* *i_<BS>* *i_BS*
|
||||||
<BS> or CTRL-H Delete the character before the cursor (see |i_backspacing|
|
<BS> or CTRL-H Delete the character before the cursor (see |i_backspacing|
|
||||||
@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ CTRL-A Insert previously inserted text. {not in Vi}
|
|||||||
"eol", delete the <EOL>; the next line is appended after the
|
"eol", delete the <EOL>; the next line is appended after the
|
||||||
current one.
|
current one.
|
||||||
See |:fixdel| if your <Del> key does not do what you want.
|
See |:fixdel| if your <Del> key does not do what you want.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
*i_CTRL-W*
|
*i_CTRL-W*
|
||||||
CTRL-W Delete the word before the cursor (see |i_backspacing| about
|
CTRL-W Delete the word before the cursor (see |i_backspacing| about
|
||||||
joining lines). See the section "word motions",
|
joining lines). See the section "word motions",
|
||||||
@ -102,10 +101,10 @@ CTRL-K {char1} [char2]
|
|||||||
key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form. For
|
key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form. For
|
||||||
example, the string "<S-Space>" can be entered by typing
|
example, the string "<S-Space>" can be entered by typing
|
||||||
<C-K><S-Space> (two keys). Neither char is considered for
|
<C-K><S-Space> (two keys). Neither char is considered for
|
||||||
mapping. {not in Vi}
|
mapping.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-N Find next keyword (see |i_CTRL-N|). {not in Vi}
|
CTRL-N Find next keyword (see |i_CTRL-N|).
|
||||||
CTRL-P Find previous keyword (see |i_CTRL-P|). {not in Vi}
|
CTRL-P Find previous keyword (see |i_CTRL-P|).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=} *i_CTRL-R*
|
CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=} *i_CTRL-R*
|
||||||
Insert the contents of a register. Between typing CTRL-R and
|
Insert the contents of a register. Between typing CTRL-R and
|
||||||
@ -142,7 +141,7 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=} *i_CTRL-R*
|
|||||||
converted to a String.
|
converted to a String.
|
||||||
When append() or setline() is invoked the undo
|
When append() or setline() is invoked the undo
|
||||||
sequence will be broken.
|
sequence will be broken.
|
||||||
See |registers| about registers. {not in Vi}
|
See |registers| about registers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
|
CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
|
||||||
Insert the contents of a register. Works like using a single
|
Insert the contents of a register. Works like using a single
|
||||||
@ -154,7 +153,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
|
|||||||
< Options 'textwidth', 'formatoptions', etc. still apply. If
|
< Options 'textwidth', 'formatoptions', etc. still apply. If
|
||||||
you also want to avoid these, use CTRL-R CTRL-O, see below.
|
you also want to avoid these, use CTRL-R CTRL-O, see below.
|
||||||
The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
|
The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
|
||||||
typed. {not in Vi}
|
typed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
|
CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
|
||||||
Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
|
Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
|
||||||
@ -163,14 +162,14 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
|
|||||||
insert the text above the current line, like with `P`.
|
insert the text above the current line, like with `P`.
|
||||||
Does not replace characters!
|
Does not replace characters!
|
||||||
The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
|
The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
|
||||||
typed. {not in Vi}
|
typed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
|
CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
|
||||||
Insert the contents of a register literally and fix the
|
Insert the contents of a register literally and fix the
|
||||||
indent, like |[<MiddleMouse>|.
|
indent, like |[<MiddleMouse>|.
|
||||||
Does not replace characters!
|
Does not replace characters!
|
||||||
The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
|
The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
|
||||||
typed. {not in Vi}
|
typed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*i_CTRL-T*
|
*i_CTRL-T*
|
||||||
CTRL-T Insert one shiftwidth of indent at the start of the current
|
CTRL-T Insert one shiftwidth of indent at the start of the current
|
||||||
@ -206,12 +205,12 @@ CTRL-Q Same as CTRL-V.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-X Enter CTRL-X mode. This is a sub-mode where commands can
|
CTRL-X Enter CTRL-X mode. This is a sub-mode where commands can
|
||||||
be given to complete words or scroll the window. See
|
be given to complete words or scroll the window. See
|
||||||
|i_CTRL-X| and |ins-completion|. {not in Vi}
|
|i_CTRL-X| and |ins-completion|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*i_CTRL-E*
|
*i_CTRL-E*
|
||||||
CTRL-E Insert the character which is below the cursor. {not in Vi}
|
CTRL-E Insert the character which is below the cursor.
|
||||||
*i_CTRL-Y*
|
*i_CTRL-Y*
|
||||||
CTRL-Y Insert the character which is above the cursor. {not in Vi}
|
CTRL-Y Insert the character which is above the cursor.
|
||||||
Note that for CTRL-E and CTRL-Y 'textwidth' is not used, to be
|
Note that for CTRL-E and CTRL-Y 'textwidth' is not used, to be
|
||||||
able to copy characters from a long line.
|
able to copy characters from a long line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -228,7 +227,6 @@ CTRL-_ Switch between languages, as follows:
|
|||||||
is set.
|
is set.
|
||||||
Please refer to |rileft.txt| for more information about
|
Please refer to |rileft.txt| for more information about
|
||||||
right-to-left mode.
|
right-to-left mode.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
Only if compiled with the |+rightleft| feature.
|
Only if compiled with the |+rightleft| feature.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*i_CTRL-^*
|
*i_CTRL-^*
|
||||||
@ -248,14 +246,12 @@ CTRL-^ Toggle the use of typing language characters.
|
|||||||
The language mappings are normally used to type characters
|
The language mappings are normally used to type characters
|
||||||
that are different from what the keyboard produces. The
|
that are different from what the keyboard produces. The
|
||||||
'keymap' option can be used to install a whole number of them.
|
'keymap' option can be used to install a whole number of them.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*i_CTRL-]*
|
*i_CTRL-]*
|
||||||
CTRL-] Trigger abbreviation, without inserting a character. {not in
|
CTRL-] Trigger abbreviation, without inserting a character.
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*i_<Insert>*
|
*i_<Insert>*
|
||||||
<Insert> Toggle between Insert and Replace mode. {not in Vi}
|
<Insert> Toggle between Insert and Replace mode.
|
||||||
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*i_backspacing*
|
*i_backspacing*
|
||||||
@ -519,15 +515,14 @@ The 'expandtab' option is off by default. Note that in Replace mode, a single
|
|||||||
character is replaced with several spaces. The result of this is that the
|
character is replaced with several spaces. The result of this is that the
|
||||||
number of characters in the line increases. Backspacing will delete one
|
number of characters in the line increases. Backspacing will delete one
|
||||||
space at a time. The original character will be put back for only one space
|
space at a time. The original character will be put back for only one space
|
||||||
that you backspace over (the last one). {Vi does not have the 'expandtab'
|
that you backspace over (the last one).
|
||||||
option}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*ins-smarttab*
|
*ins-smarttab*
|
||||||
When the 'smarttab' option is on, a <Tab> inserts 'shiftwidth' positions at
|
When the 'smarttab' option is on, a <Tab> inserts 'shiftwidth' positions at
|
||||||
the beginning of a line and 'tabstop' positions in other places. This means
|
the beginning of a line and 'tabstop' positions in other places. This means
|
||||||
that often spaces instead of a <Tab> character are inserted. When 'smarttab'
|
that often spaces instead of a <Tab> character are inserted. When 'smarttab'
|
||||||
is off, a <Tab> always inserts 'tabstop' positions, and 'shiftwidth' is only
|
is off, a <Tab> always inserts 'tabstop' positions, and 'shiftwidth' is only
|
||||||
used for ">>" and the like. {not in Vi}
|
used for ">>" and the like.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*ins-softtabstop*
|
*ins-softtabstop*
|
||||||
When the 'softtabstop' option is non-zero, a <Tab> inserts 'softtabstop'
|
When the 'softtabstop' option is non-zero, a <Tab> inserts 'softtabstop'
|
||||||
@ -567,14 +562,13 @@ If the 'expandtab' option is on, a <Tab> will replace one character with
|
|||||||
several spaces. The result of this is that the number of characters in the
|
several spaces. The result of this is that the number of characters in the
|
||||||
line increases. Backspacing will delete one space at a time. The original
|
line increases. Backspacing will delete one space at a time. The original
|
||||||
character will be put back for only one space that you backspace over (the
|
character will be put back for only one space that you backspace over (the
|
||||||
last one). {Vi does not have the 'expandtab' option}
|
last one).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
6. Virtual Replace mode *vreplace-mode* *Virtual-Replace-mode*
|
6. Virtual Replace mode *vreplace-mode* *Virtual-Replace-mode*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Enter Virtual Replace mode with the "gR" command in normal mode.
|
Enter Virtual Replace mode with the "gR" command in normal mode.
|
||||||
{not available when compiled without the |+vreplace| feature}
|
{not available when compiled without the |+vreplace| feature}
|
||||||
{Vi does not have Virtual Replace mode}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Virtual Replace mode is similar to Replace mode, but instead of replacing
|
Virtual Replace mode is similar to Replace mode, but instead of replacing
|
||||||
actual characters in the file, you are replacing screen real estate, so that
|
actual characters in the file, you are replacing screen real estate, so that
|
||||||
@ -1807,7 +1801,7 @@ I Insert text before the first non-blank in the line
|
|||||||
the last blank.
|
the last blank.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gI*
|
*gI*
|
||||||
gI Insert text in column 1 [count] times. {not in Vi}
|
gI Insert text in column 1 [count] times.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gi*
|
*gi*
|
||||||
gi Insert text in the same position as where Insert mode
|
gi Insert text in the same position as where Insert mode
|
||||||
@ -1818,7 +1812,6 @@ gi Insert text in the same position as where Insert mode
|
|||||||
but NOT for inserted/deleted characters.
|
but NOT for inserted/deleted characters.
|
||||||
When the |:keepjumps| command modifier is used the |'^|
|
When the |:keepjumps| command modifier is used the |'^|
|
||||||
mark won't be changed.
|
mark won't be changed.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*o*
|
*o*
|
||||||
o Begin a new line below the cursor and insert text,
|
o Begin a new line below the cursor and insert text,
|
||||||
@ -1885,7 +1878,6 @@ NOTE: These commands cannot be used with |:global| or |:vglobal|.
|
|||||||
script, the insertion only starts after the function
|
script, the insertion only starts after the function
|
||||||
or script is finished.
|
or script is finished.
|
||||||
This command does not work from |:normal|.
|
This command does not work from |:normal|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:stopi* *:stopinsert*
|
*:stopi* *:stopinsert*
|
||||||
:stopi[nsert] Stop Insert mode as soon as possible. Works like
|
:stopi[nsert] Stop Insert mode as soon as possible. Works like
|
||||||
@ -1902,12 +1894,10 @@ NOTE: These commands cannot be used with |:global| or |:vglobal|.
|
|||||||
Note that when using this command in a function or
|
Note that when using this command in a function or
|
||||||
script that the replacement will only start after
|
script that the replacement will only start after
|
||||||
the function or script is finished.
|
the function or script is finished.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:startgreplace*
|
*:startgreplace*
|
||||||
:startg[replace][!] Just like |:startreplace|, but use Virtual Replace
|
:startg[replace][!] Just like |:startreplace|, but use Virtual Replace
|
||||||
mode, like with |gR|.
|
mode, like with |gR|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
10. Inserting a file *inserting-file*
|
10. Inserting a file *inserting-file*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*intro.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 07
|
*intro.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -34,9 +34,7 @@ It can be accessed from within Vim with the <Help> or <F1> key and with the
|
|||||||
is not located in the default place. You can jump to subjects like with tags:
|
is not located in the default place. You can jump to subjects like with tags:
|
||||||
Use CTRL-] to jump to a subject under the cursor, use CTRL-T to jump back.
|
Use CTRL-] to jump to a subject under the cursor, use CTRL-T to jump back.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Throughout this manual the differences between Vi and Vim are mentioned in
|
The differences between Vi and Vim are mentioned in |vi_diff.txt|.
|
||||||
curly braces, like this: {Vi does not have on-line help}. See |vi_diff.txt|
|
|
||||||
for a summary of the differences between Vim and Vi.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This manual refers to Vim on various machines. There may be small differences
|
This manual refers to Vim on various machines. There may be small differences
|
||||||
between different computers and terminals. Besides the remarks given in this
|
between different computers and terminals. Besides the remarks given in this
|
||||||
@ -703,7 +701,6 @@ gQ Switch to "Ex" mode like with "Q", but really behave
|
|||||||
like typing ":" commands after another. All command
|
like typing ":" commands after another. All command
|
||||||
line editing, completion etc. is available.
|
line editing, completion etc. is available.
|
||||||
Use the ":vi" command |:visual| to exit "Ex" mode.
|
Use the ":vi" command |:visual| to exit "Ex" mode.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
7. The window contents *window-contents*
|
7. The window contents *window-contents*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*map.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 25
|
*map.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ modes.
|
|||||||
Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
|
Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
|
||||||
where the map command applies. Disallow mapping of
|
where the map command applies. Disallow mapping of
|
||||||
{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings. Often
|
{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings. Often
|
||||||
used to redefine a command. {not in Vi}
|
used to redefine a command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:unm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:unm* *:unmap*
|
:unm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:unm* *:unmap*
|
||||||
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ modes.
|
|||||||
:cmapc[lear] |mapmode-c| *:cmapc* *:cmapclear*
|
:cmapc[lear] |mapmode-c| *:cmapc* *:cmapclear*
|
||||||
:tmapc[lear] |mapmode-t| *:tmapc* *:tmapclear*
|
:tmapc[lear] |mapmode-t| *:tmapc* *:tmapclear*
|
||||||
Remove ALL mappings for the modes where the map
|
Remove ALL mappings for the modes where the map
|
||||||
command applies. {not in Vi}
|
command applies.
|
||||||
Use the <buffer> argument to remove buffer-local
|
Use the <buffer> argument to remove buffer-local
|
||||||
mappings |:map-<buffer>|
|
mappings |:map-<buffer>|
|
||||||
Warning: This also removes the default mappings.
|
Warning: This also removes the default mappings.
|
||||||
@ -143,7 +143,6 @@ modes.
|
|||||||
:tma[p] {lhs} |mapmode-t| *:tmap_l*
|
:tma[p] {lhs} |mapmode-t| *:tmap_l*
|
||||||
List the key mappings for the key sequences starting
|
List the key mappings for the key sequences starting
|
||||||
with {lhs} in the modes where the map command applies.
|
with {lhs} in the modes where the map command applies.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
These commands are used to map a key or key sequence to a string of
|
These commands are used to map a key or key sequence to a string of
|
||||||
characters. You can use this to put command sequences under function keys,
|
characters. You can use this to put command sequences under function keys,
|
||||||
@ -160,7 +159,6 @@ decide if "aa" or "aaa" should be mapped. This means that after typing "aa"
|
|||||||
that mapping won't get expanded yet, Vim is waiting for another character.
|
that mapping won't get expanded yet, Vim is waiting for another character.
|
||||||
If you type a space, then "foo" will get inserted, plus the space. If you
|
If you type a space, then "foo" will get inserted, plus the space. If you
|
||||||
type "a", then "bar" will get inserted.
|
type "a", then "bar" will get inserted.
|
||||||
{Vi does not allow ambiguous mappings}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1.2 SPECIAL ARGUMENTS *:map-arguments*
|
1.2 SPECIAL ARGUMENTS *:map-arguments*
|
||||||
@ -1016,45 +1014,40 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:norea* *:noreabbrev*
|
*:norea* *:noreabbrev*
|
||||||
:norea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
|
:norea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
|
||||||
same as ":ab", but no remapping for this {rhs} {not
|
Same as ":ab", but no remapping for this {rhs}.
|
||||||
in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ca* *:cabbrev*
|
*:ca* *:cabbrev*
|
||||||
:ca[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
|
:ca[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
|
||||||
same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only. {not
|
Same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only.
|
||||||
in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:cuna* *:cunabbrev*
|
*:cuna* *:cunabbrev*
|
||||||
:cuna[bbrev] {lhs} same as ":una", but for Command-line mode only. {not
|
:cuna[bbrev] {lhs} Same as ":una", but for Command-line mode only.
|
||||||
in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:cnorea* *:cnoreabbrev*
|
*:cnorea* *:cnoreabbrev*
|
||||||
:cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
|
:cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
|
||||||
same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only and no
|
same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only and no
|
||||||
remapping for this {rhs} {not in Vi}
|
remapping for this {rhs}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ia* *:iabbrev*
|
*:ia* *:iabbrev*
|
||||||
:ia[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
|
:ia[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
|
||||||
same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only. {not in Vi}
|
Same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:iuna* *:iunabbrev*
|
*:iuna* *:iunabbrev*
|
||||||
:iuna[bbrev] {lhs} same as ":una", but for insert mode only. {not in
|
:iuna[bbrev] {lhs} Same as ":una", but for insert mode only.
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:inorea* *:inoreabbrev*
|
*:inorea* *:inoreabbrev*
|
||||||
:inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
|
:inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
|
||||||
same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only and no
|
Same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only and no
|
||||||
remapping for this {rhs} {not in Vi}
|
remapping for this {rhs}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:abc* *:abclear*
|
*:abc* *:abclear*
|
||||||
:abc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations. {not in Vi}
|
:abc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:iabc* *:iabclear*
|
*:iabc* *:iabclear*
|
||||||
:iabc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations for Insert mode. {not in Vi}
|
:iabc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations for Insert mode.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:cabc* *:cabclear*
|
*:cabc* *:cabclear*
|
||||||
:cabc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations for Command-line mode. {not
|
:cabc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations for Command-line mode.
|
||||||
in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*using_CTRL-V*
|
*using_CTRL-V*
|
||||||
It is possible to use special characters in the rhs of an abbreviation.
|
It is possible to use special characters in the rhs of an abbreviation.
|
||||||
@ -1147,8 +1140,7 @@ to find out what they are defined to.
|
|||||||
The |:scriptnames| command can be used to see which scripts have been sourced
|
The |:scriptnames| command can be used to see which scripts have been sourced
|
||||||
and what their <SNR> number is.
|
and what their <SNR> number is.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This is all {not in Vi} and {not available when compiled without the |+eval|
|
This is all {not available when compiled without the |+eval| feature}.
|
||||||
feature}.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
4. User-defined commands *user-commands*
|
4. User-defined commands *user-commands*
|
||||||
@ -1391,7 +1383,7 @@ Possible attributes are:
|
|||||||
number.
|
number.
|
||||||
-count=N A count (default N) which is specified either in the line
|
-count=N A count (default N) which is specified either in the line
|
||||||
number position, or as an initial argument (like |:Next|).
|
number position, or as an initial argument (like |:Next|).
|
||||||
Specifying -count (without a default) acts like -count=0
|
-count acts like -count=0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be
|
Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be
|
||||||
specified.
|
specified.
|
||||||
@ -1402,14 +1394,16 @@ by default correspond to the current line, last line and the whole buffer,
|
|||||||
relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages.
|
relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Possible values are (second column is the short name used in listing):
|
Possible values are (second column is the short name used in listing):
|
||||||
-addr=lines Range of lines (this is the default)
|
-addr=lines Range of lines (this is the default for -range)
|
||||||
-addr=arguments arg Range for arguments
|
-addr=arguments arg Range for arguments
|
||||||
-addr=buffers buf Range for buffers (also not loaded buffers)
|
-addr=buffers buf Range for buffers (also not loaded buffers)
|
||||||
-addr=loaded_buffers load Range for loaded buffers
|
-addr=loaded_buffers load Range for loaded buffers
|
||||||
-addr=windows win Range for windows
|
-addr=windows win Range for windows
|
||||||
-addr=tabs tab Range for tab pages
|
-addr=tabs tab Range for tab pages
|
||||||
-addr=quickfix qf Range for quickfix entries
|
-addr=quickfix qf Range for quickfix entries
|
||||||
-addr=other ? other kind of range
|
-addr=other ? other kind of range; can use ".", "$" and "%"
|
||||||
|
as with "lines" (this is the default for
|
||||||
|
-count)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Special cases ~
|
Special cases ~
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*mbyte.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Jan 21
|
*mbyte.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 28
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*message.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 04
|
*message.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -830,10 +830,10 @@ Type effect ~
|
|||||||
G down all the way, until the hit-enter
|
G down all the way, until the hit-enter
|
||||||
prompt
|
prompt
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<BS> or k or <Up> one line back (*)
|
<BS> or k or <Up> one line back
|
||||||
u up a page (half a screen) (*)
|
u up a page (half a screen)
|
||||||
b or <PageUp> back a screen (*)
|
b or <PageUp> back a screen
|
||||||
g back to the start (*)
|
g back to the start
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
q, <Esc> or CTRL-C stop the listing
|
q, <Esc> or CTRL-C stop the listing
|
||||||
: stop the listing and enter a
|
: stop the listing and enter a
|
||||||
@ -842,13 +842,11 @@ Type effect ~
|
|||||||
the clipboard ("* and "+ registers)
|
the clipboard ("* and "+ registers)
|
||||||
{menu-entry} what the menu is defined to in
|
{menu-entry} what the menu is defined to in
|
||||||
Cmdline-mode.
|
Cmdline-mode.
|
||||||
<LeftMouse> (**) next page
|
<LeftMouse> next page (*)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Any other key causes the meaning of the keys to be displayed.
|
Any other key causes the meaning of the keys to be displayed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
(*) backwards scrolling is {not in Vi}. Only scrolls back to where messages
|
(*) Clicking the left mouse button only works:
|
||||||
started to scroll.
|
|
||||||
(**) Clicking the left mouse button only works:
|
|
||||||
- For the GUI: in the last line of the screen.
|
- For the GUI: in the last line of the screen.
|
||||||
- When 'r' is included in 'mouse' (but then selecting text won't work).
|
- When 'r' is included in 'mouse' (but then selecting text won't work).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*mlang.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 06
|
*mlang.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -17,7 +17,6 @@ The basics are explained in the user manual: |usr_45.txt|.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Also see |help-translated| for multi-language help.
|
Also see |help-translated| for multi-language help.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these features}
|
|
||||||
{not available when compiled without the |+multi_lang| feature}
|
{not available when compiled without the |+multi_lang| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*motion.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Mar 02
|
*motion.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ l or *l*
|
|||||||
TEXT column (if possible). Most other commands stay
|
TEXT column (if possible). Most other commands stay
|
||||||
in the same SCREEN column. <Home> works like "1|",
|
in the same SCREEN column. <Home> works like "1|",
|
||||||
which differs from "0" when the line starts with a
|
which differs from "0" when the line starts with a
|
||||||
<Tab>. {not in Vi}
|
<Tab>.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*^*
|
*^*
|
||||||
^ To the first non-blank character of the line.
|
^ To the first non-blank character of the line.
|
||||||
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ $ or <End> To the end of the line. When a count is given also go
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*g_*
|
*g_*
|
||||||
g_ To the last non-blank character of the line and
|
g_ To the last non-blank character of the line and
|
||||||
[count - 1] lines downward |inclusive|. {not in Vi}
|
[count - 1] lines downward |inclusive|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g0* *g<Home>*
|
*g0* *g<Home>*
|
||||||
g0 or g<Home> When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first character of
|
g0 or g<Home> When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first character of
|
||||||
@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ g0 or g<Home> When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first character of
|
|||||||
When lines don't wrap ('wrap' off): To the leftmost
|
When lines don't wrap ('wrap' off): To the leftmost
|
||||||
character of the current line that is on the screen.
|
character of the current line that is on the screen.
|
||||||
Differs from "0" when the first character of the line
|
Differs from "0" when the first character of the line
|
||||||
is not on the screen. {not in Vi}
|
is not on the screen.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g^*
|
*g^*
|
||||||
g^ When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first non-blank
|
g^ When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first non-blank
|
||||||
@ -220,12 +220,11 @@ g^ When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first non-blank
|
|||||||
When lines don't wrap ('wrap' off): To the leftmost
|
When lines don't wrap ('wrap' off): To the leftmost
|
||||||
non-blank character of the current line that is on the
|
non-blank character of the current line that is on the
|
||||||
screen. Differs from "^" when the first non-blank
|
screen. Differs from "^" when the first non-blank
|
||||||
character of the line is not on the screen. {not in
|
character of the line is not on the screen.
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gm*
|
*gm*
|
||||||
gm Like "g0", but half a screenwidth to the right (or as
|
gm Like "g0", but half a screenwidth to the right (or as
|
||||||
much as possible). {not in Vi}
|
much as possible).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g$* *g<End>*
|
*g$* *g<End>*
|
||||||
g$ or g<End> When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the last character of
|
g$ or g<End> When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the last character of
|
||||||
@ -240,7 +239,6 @@ g$ or g<End> When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the last character of
|
|||||||
instead of going to the end of the line.
|
instead of going to the end of the line.
|
||||||
When 'virtualedit' is enabled moves to the end of the
|
When 'virtualedit' is enabled moves to the end of the
|
||||||
screen line.
|
screen line.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*bar*
|
*bar*
|
||||||
| To screen column [count] in the current line.
|
| To screen column [count] in the current line.
|
||||||
@ -296,12 +294,12 @@ CTRL-N [count] lines downward |linewise|.
|
|||||||
gk or *gk* *g<Up>*
|
gk or *gk* *g<Up>*
|
||||||
g<Up> [count] display lines upward. |exclusive| motion.
|
g<Up> [count] display lines upward. |exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
Differs from 'k' when lines wrap, and when used with
|
Differs from 'k' when lines wrap, and when used with
|
||||||
an operator, because it's not linewise. {not in Vi}
|
an operator, because it's not linewise.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
gj or *gj* *g<Down>*
|
gj or *gj* *g<Down>*
|
||||||
g<Down> [count] display lines downward. |exclusive| motion.
|
g<Down> [count] display lines downward. |exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
Differs from 'j' when lines wrap, and when used with
|
Differs from 'j' when lines wrap, and when used with
|
||||||
an operator, because it's not linewise. {not in Vi}
|
an operator, because it's not linewise.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-*
|
*-*
|
||||||
- <minus> [count] lines upward, on the first non-blank
|
- <minus> [count] lines upward, on the first non-blank
|
||||||
@ -324,7 +322,7 @@ G Goto line [count], default last line, on the first
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*<C-End>*
|
*<C-End>*
|
||||||
<C-End> Goto line [count], default last line, on the last
|
<C-End> Goto line [count], default last line, on the last
|
||||||
character |inclusive|. {not in Vi}
|
character |inclusive|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<C-Home> or *gg* *<C-Home>*
|
<C-Home> or *gg* *<C-Home>*
|
||||||
gg Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
|
gg Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
|
||||||
@ -342,7 +340,7 @@ gg Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
|
|||||||
non-blank in the line |linewise|. To compute the new
|
non-blank in the line |linewise|. To compute the new
|
||||||
line number this formula is used:
|
line number this formula is used:
|
||||||
({count} * number-of-lines + 99) / 100
|
({count} * number-of-lines + 99) / 100
|
||||||
See also 'startofline' option. {not in Vi}
|
See also 'startofline' option.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[range]go[to] [count] *:go* *:goto* *go*
|
:[range]go[to] [count] *:go* *:goto* *go*
|
||||||
[count]go Go to [count] byte in the buffer. Default [count] is
|
[count]go Go to [count] byte in the buffer. Default [count] is
|
||||||
@ -352,7 +350,6 @@ gg Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
|
|||||||
'fileformat' setting.
|
'fileformat' setting.
|
||||||
Also see the |line2byte()| function, and the 'o'
|
Also see the |line2byte()| function, and the 'o'
|
||||||
option in 'statusline'.
|
option in 'statusline'.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
{not available when compiled without the
|
{not available when compiled without the
|
||||||
|+byte_offset| feature}
|
|+byte_offset| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -516,7 +513,6 @@ including white space, the commands starting with "i" select an "inner" object
|
|||||||
without white space, or just the white space. Thus the "inner" commands
|
without white space, or just the white space. Thus the "inner" commands
|
||||||
always select less text than the "a" commands.
|
always select less text than the "a" commands.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
These commands are {not in Vi}.
|
|
||||||
These commands are not available when the |+textobjects| feature has been
|
These commands are not available when the |+textobjects| feature has been
|
||||||
disabled at compile time.
|
disabled at compile time.
|
||||||
Also see `gn` and `gN`, operating on the last search pattern.
|
Also see `gn` and `gN`, operating on the last search pattern.
|
||||||
@ -780,7 +776,7 @@ m< or m> Set the |'<| or |'>| mark. Useful to change what the
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*'A* *'0* *`A* *`0*
|
*'A* *'0* *`A* *`0*
|
||||||
'{A-Z0-9} `{A-Z0-9} To the mark {A-Z0-9} in the file where it was set (not
|
'{A-Z0-9} `{A-Z0-9} To the mark {A-Z0-9} in the file where it was set (not
|
||||||
a motion command when in another file). {not in Vi}
|
a motion command when in another file).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g'* *g'a* *g`* *g`a*
|
*g'* *g'a* *g`* *g`a*
|
||||||
g'{mark} g`{mark}
|
g'{mark} g`{mark}
|
||||||
@ -790,18 +786,17 @@ g'{mark} g`{mark}
|
|||||||
< jumps to the last known position in a file. See
|
< jumps to the last known position in a file. See
|
||||||
$VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim.
|
$VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim.
|
||||||
Also see |:keepjumps|.
|
Also see |:keepjumps|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:marks*
|
*:marks*
|
||||||
:marks List all the current marks (not a motion command).
|
:marks List all the current marks (not a motion command).
|
||||||
The |'(|, |')|, |'{| and |'}| marks are not listed.
|
The |'(|, |')|, |'{| and |'}| marks are not listed.
|
||||||
The first column has number zero.
|
The first column has number zero.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
*E283*
|
*E283*
|
||||||
:marks {arg} List the marks that are mentioned in {arg} (not a
|
:marks {arg} List the marks that are mentioned in {arg} (not a
|
||||||
motion command). For example: >
|
motion command). For example: >
|
||||||
:marks aB
|
:marks aB
|
||||||
< to list marks 'a' and 'B'. {not in Vi}
|
< to list marks 'a' and 'B'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:delm* *:delmarks*
|
*:delm* *:delmarks*
|
||||||
:delm[arks] {marks} Delete the specified marks. Marks that can be deleted
|
:delm[arks] {marks} Delete the specified marks. Marks that can be deleted
|
||||||
@ -815,11 +810,9 @@ g'{mark} g`{mark}
|
|||||||
:delmarks p-z deletes marks in the range p to z
|
:delmarks p-z deletes marks in the range p to z
|
||||||
:delmarks ^.[] deletes marks ^ . [ ]
|
:delmarks ^.[] deletes marks ^ . [ ]
|
||||||
:delmarks \" deletes mark "
|
:delmarks \" deletes mark "
|
||||||
< {not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:delm[arks]! Delete all marks for the current buffer, but not marks
|
:delm[arks]! Delete all marks for the current buffer, but not marks
|
||||||
A-Z or 0-9.
|
A-Z or 0-9.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A mark is not visible in any way. It is just a position in the file that is
|
A mark is not visible in any way. It is just a position in the file that is
|
||||||
remembered. Do not confuse marks with named registers, they are totally
|
remembered. Do not confuse marks with named registers, they are totally
|
||||||
@ -854,11 +847,11 @@ Numbered mark should be stored. See |viminfo-file-marks|.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*'[* *`[*
|
*'[* *`[*
|
||||||
'[ `[ To the first character of the previously changed
|
'[ `[ To the first character of the previously changed
|
||||||
or yanked text. {not in Vi}
|
or yanked text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*']* *`]*
|
*']* *`]*
|
||||||
'] `] To the last character of the previously changed or
|
'] `] To the last character of the previously changed or
|
||||||
yanked text. {not in Vi}
|
yanked text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After executing an operator the Cursor is put at the beginning of the text
|
After executing an operator the Cursor is put at the beginning of the text
|
||||||
that was operated upon. After a put command ("p" or "P") the cursor is
|
that was operated upon. After a put command ("p" or "P") the cursor is
|
||||||
@ -876,7 +869,7 @@ was made yet in the current file.
|
|||||||
'< `< To the first line or character of the last selected
|
'< `< To the first line or character of the last selected
|
||||||
Visual area in the current buffer. For block mode it
|
Visual area in the current buffer. For block mode it
|
||||||
may also be the last character in the first line (to
|
may also be the last character in the first line (to
|
||||||
be able to define the block). {not in Vi}.
|
be able to define the block).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'>* *`>*
|
*'>* *`>*
|
||||||
'> `> To the last line or character of the last selected
|
'> `> To the last line or character of the last selected
|
||||||
@ -884,7 +877,7 @@ was made yet in the current file.
|
|||||||
may also be the first character of the last line (to
|
may also be the first character of the last line (to
|
||||||
be able to define the block). Note that 'selection'
|
be able to define the block). Note that 'selection'
|
||||||
applies, the position may be just after the Visual
|
applies, the position may be just after the Visual
|
||||||
area. {not in Vi}.
|
area.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*''* *``*
|
*''* *``*
|
||||||
'' `` To the position before the latest jump, or where the
|
'' `` To the position before the latest jump, or where the
|
||||||
@ -900,13 +893,12 @@ was made yet in the current file.
|
|||||||
Only one position is remembered per buffer, not one
|
Only one position is remembered per buffer, not one
|
||||||
for each window. As long as the buffer is visible in
|
for each window. As long as the buffer is visible in
|
||||||
a window the position won't be changed.
|
a window the position won't be changed.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'^* *`^*
|
*'^* *`^*
|
||||||
'^ `^ To the position where the cursor was the last time
|
'^ `^ To the position where the cursor was the last time
|
||||||
when Insert mode was stopped. This is used by the
|
when Insert mode was stopped. This is used by the
|
||||||
|gi| command. Not set when the |:keepjumps| command
|
|gi| command. Not set when the |:keepjumps| command
|
||||||
modifier was used. {not in Vi}
|
modifier was used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'.* *`.*
|
*'.* *`.*
|
||||||
'. `. To the position where the last change was made. The
|
'. `. To the position where the last change was made. The
|
||||||
@ -916,30 +908,29 @@ was made yet in the current file.
|
|||||||
command changed. For example when inserting a word,
|
command changed. For example when inserting a word,
|
||||||
the position will be on the last character.
|
the position will be on the last character.
|
||||||
To jump to older changes use |g;|.
|
To jump to older changes use |g;|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'(* *`(*
|
*'(* *`(*
|
||||||
'( `( To the start of the current sentence, like the |(|
|
'( `( To the start of the current sentence, like the |(|
|
||||||
command. {not in Vi}
|
command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*')* *`)*
|
*')* *`)*
|
||||||
') `) To the end of the current sentence, like the |)|
|
') `) To the end of the current sentence, like the |)|
|
||||||
command. {not in Vi}
|
command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'{* *`{*
|
*'{* *`{*
|
||||||
'{ `{ To the start of the current paragraph, like the |{|
|
'{ `{ To the start of the current paragraph, like the |{|
|
||||||
command. {not in Vi}
|
command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'}* *`}*
|
*'}* *`}*
|
||||||
'} `} To the end of the current paragraph, like the |}|
|
'} `} To the end of the current paragraph, like the |}|
|
||||||
command. {not in Vi}
|
command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
|
These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*]'*
|
*]'*
|
||||||
]' [count] times to next line with a lowercase mark below
|
]' [count] times to next line with a lowercase mark below
|
||||||
the cursor, on the first non-blank character in the
|
the cursor, on the first non-blank character in the
|
||||||
line. {not in Vi}
|
line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*]`*
|
*]`*
|
||||||
]` [count] times to lowercase mark after the cursor. {not
|
]` [count] times to lowercase mark after the cursor. {not
|
||||||
@ -948,11 +939,10 @@ These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
|
|||||||
*['*
|
*['*
|
||||||
[' [count] times to previous line with a lowercase mark
|
[' [count] times to previous line with a lowercase mark
|
||||||
before the cursor, on the first non-blank character in
|
before the cursor, on the first non-blank character in
|
||||||
the line. {not in Vi}
|
the line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*[`*
|
*[`*
|
||||||
[` [count] times to lowercase mark before the cursor.
|
[` [count] times to lowercase mark before the cursor.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:loc[kmarks] {command} *:loc* *:lockmarks*
|
:loc[kmarks] {command} *:loc* *:lockmarks*
|
||||||
@ -1030,23 +1020,19 @@ commands that start editing a new file.
|
|||||||
*CTRL-O*
|
*CTRL-O*
|
||||||
CTRL-O Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list
|
CTRL-O Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list
|
||||||
(not a motion command).
|
(not a motion command).
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<Tab> or *CTRL-I* *<Tab>*
|
<Tab> or *CTRL-I* *<Tab>*
|
||||||
CTRL-I Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
|
CTRL-I Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
|
||||||
(not a motion command).
|
(not a motion command).
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ju* *:jumps*
|
*:ju* *:jumps*
|
||||||
:ju[mps] Print the jump list (not a motion command).
|
:ju[mps] Print the jump list (not a motion command).
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:cle* *:clearjumps*
|
*:cle* *:clearjumps*
|
||||||
:cle[arjumps] Clear the jump list of the current window.
|
:cle[arjumps] Clear the jump list of the current window.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*jumplist*
|
*jumplist*
|
||||||
@ -1131,14 +1117,12 @@ g; Go to [count] older position in change list.
|
|||||||
positions go to the oldest change.
|
positions go to the oldest change.
|
||||||
If there is no older change an error message is given.
|
If there is no older change an error message is given.
|
||||||
(not a motion command)
|
(not a motion command)
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g,* *E663*
|
*g,* *E663*
|
||||||
g, Go to [count] newer cursor position in change list.
|
g, Go to [count] newer cursor position in change list.
|
||||||
Just like |g;| but in the opposite direction.
|
Just like |g;| but in the opposite direction.
|
||||||
(not a motion command)
|
(not a motion command)
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When using a count you jump as far back or forward as possible. Thus you can
|
When using a count you jump as far back or forward as possible. Thus you can
|
||||||
@ -1229,19 +1213,19 @@ remembered.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*[(*
|
*[(*
|
||||||
[( go to [count] previous unmatched '('.
|
[( go to [count] previous unmatched '('.
|
||||||
|exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
|exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*[{*
|
*[{*
|
||||||
[{ go to [count] previous unmatched '{'.
|
[{ go to [count] previous unmatched '{'.
|
||||||
|exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
|exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*])*
|
*])*
|
||||||
]) go to [count] next unmatched ')'.
|
]) go to [count] next unmatched ')'.
|
||||||
|exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
|exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*]}*
|
*]}*
|
||||||
]} go to [count] next unmatched '}'.
|
]} go to [count] next unmatched '}'.
|
||||||
|exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
|exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The above four commands can be used to go to the start or end of the current
|
The above four commands can be used to go to the start or end of the current
|
||||||
code block. It is like doing "%" on the '(', ')', '{' or '}' at the other
|
code block. It is like doing "%" on the '(', ')', '{' or '}' at the other
|
||||||
@ -1254,25 +1238,25 @@ bring you back to the switch statement.
|
|||||||
similar structured language). When not before the
|
similar structured language). When not before the
|
||||||
start of a method, jump to the start or end of the
|
start of a method, jump to the start or end of the
|
||||||
class. When no '{' is found after the cursor, this is
|
class. When no '{' is found after the cursor, this is
|
||||||
an error. |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
an error. |exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
*]M*
|
*]M*
|
||||||
]M Go to [count] next end of a method (for Java or
|
]M Go to [count] next end of a method (for Java or
|
||||||
similar structured language). When not before the end
|
similar structured language). When not before the end
|
||||||
of a method, jump to the start or end of the class.
|
of a method, jump to the start or end of the class.
|
||||||
When no '}' is found after the cursor, this is an
|
When no '}' is found after the cursor, this is an
|
||||||
error. |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
error. |exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
*[m*
|
*[m*
|
||||||
[m Go to [count] previous start of a method (for Java or
|
[m Go to [count] previous start of a method (for Java or
|
||||||
similar structured language). When not after the
|
similar structured language). When not after the
|
||||||
start of a method, jump to the start or end of the
|
start of a method, jump to the start or end of the
|
||||||
class. When no '{' is found before the cursor this is
|
class. When no '{' is found before the cursor this is
|
||||||
an error. |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
an error. |exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
*[M*
|
*[M*
|
||||||
[M Go to [count] previous end of a method (for Java or
|
[M Go to [count] previous end of a method (for Java or
|
||||||
similar structured language). When not after the
|
similar structured language). When not after the
|
||||||
end of a method, jump to the start or end of the
|
end of a method, jump to the start or end of the
|
||||||
class. When no '}' is found before the cursor this is
|
class. When no '}' is found before the cursor this is
|
||||||
an error. |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
an error. |exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The above two commands assume that the file contains a class with methods.
|
The above two commands assume that the file contains a class with methods.
|
||||||
The class definition is surrounded in '{' and '}'. Each method in the class
|
The class definition is surrounded in '{' and '}'. Each method in the class
|
||||||
@ -1295,11 +1279,11 @@ Using "3[m" will jump to the start of the class.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*[#*
|
*[#*
|
||||||
[# go to [count] previous unmatched "#if" or "#else".
|
[# go to [count] previous unmatched "#if" or "#else".
|
||||||
|exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
|exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*]#*
|
*]#*
|
||||||
]# go to [count] next unmatched "#else" or "#endif".
|
]# go to [count] next unmatched "#else" or "#endif".
|
||||||
|exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
|exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
These two commands work in C programs that contain #if/#else/#endif
|
These two commands work in C programs that contain #if/#else/#endif
|
||||||
constructs. It brings you to the start or end of the #if/#else/#endif where
|
constructs. It brings you to the start or end of the #if/#else/#endif where
|
||||||
@ -1307,11 +1291,11 @@ the current line is included. You can then use "%" to go to the matching line.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*[star* *[/*
|
*[star* *[/*
|
||||||
[* or [/ go to [count] previous start of a C comment "/*".
|
[* or [/ go to [count] previous start of a C comment "/*".
|
||||||
|exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
|exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*]star* *]/*
|
*]star* *]/*
|
||||||
]* or ]/ go to [count] next end of a C comment "*/".
|
]* or ]/ go to [count] next end of a C comment "*/".
|
||||||
|exclusive| motion. {not in Vi}
|
|exclusive| motion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*H*
|
*H*
|
||||||
@ -1339,6 +1323,6 @@ L To line [count] from bottom of window (default: Last
|
|||||||
<LeftMouse> Moves to the position on the screen where the mouse
|
<LeftMouse> Moves to the position on the screen where the mouse
|
||||||
click is |exclusive|. See also |<LeftMouse>|. If the
|
click is |exclusive|. See also |<LeftMouse>|. If the
|
||||||
position is in a status line, that window is made the
|
position is in a status line, that window is made the
|
||||||
active window and the cursor is not moved. {not in Vi}
|
active window and the cursor is not moved.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:
|
vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*netbeans.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 17
|
*netbeans.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur et al.
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur et al.
|
||||||
@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ Vim NetBeans Protocol: a socket interface for Vim integration into an IDE.
|
|||||||
10.4. Obtaining the External Editor Module |obtaining-exted|
|
10.4. Obtaining the External Editor Module |obtaining-exted|
|
||||||
10.5. Setting up NetBeans to run with Vim |netbeans-setup|
|
10.5. Setting up NetBeans to run with Vim |netbeans-setup|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these features}
|
|
||||||
{only available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg| feature}
|
{only available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*options.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 28
|
*options.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -6163,9 +6163,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
|||||||
set to half the number of lines in the window when the window size
|
set to half the number of lines in the window when the window size
|
||||||
changes. If you give a count to the CTRL-U or CTRL-D command it will
|
changes. If you give a count to the CTRL-U or CTRL-D command it will
|
||||||
be used as the new value for 'scroll'. Reset to half the window
|
be used as the new value for 'scroll'. Reset to half the window
|
||||||
height with ":set scroll=0". {Vi is a bit different: 'scroll' gives
|
height with ":set scroll=0".
|
||||||
the number of screen lines instead of file lines, makes a difference
|
|
||||||
when lines wrap}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'scrollbind'* *'scb'* *'noscrollbind'* *'noscb'*
|
*'scrollbind'* *'scb'* *'noscrollbind'* *'noscb'*
|
||||||
'scrollbind' 'scb' boolean (default off)
|
'scrollbind' 'scb' boolean (default off)
|
||||||
@ -7787,7 +7785,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
|||||||
*'timeoutlen'* *'tm'*
|
*'timeoutlen'* *'tm'*
|
||||||
'timeoutlen' 'tm' number (default 1000)
|
'timeoutlen' 'tm' number (default 1000)
|
||||||
global
|
global
|
||||||
{not in all versions of Vi}
|
|
||||||
*'ttimeoutlen'* *'ttm'*
|
*'ttimeoutlen'* *'ttm'*
|
||||||
'ttimeoutlen' 'ttm' number (default -1, set to 100 in |defaults.vim|)
|
'ttimeoutlen' 'ttm' number (default -1, set to 100 in |defaults.vim|)
|
||||||
global
|
global
|
||||||
@ -7990,9 +7988,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
|||||||
work. See below for how Vim detects this
|
work. See below for how Vim detects this
|
||||||
automatically.
|
automatically.
|
||||||
*netterm-mouse*
|
*netterm-mouse*
|
||||||
netterm NetTerm mouse handling. The mouse generates
|
netterm NetTerm mouse handling. A left mouse click generates
|
||||||
"<Esc>}r,c<CR>", where "r,c" are two decimal numbers
|
"<Esc>}r,c<CR>", where "r,c" are two decimal numbers
|
||||||
for the row and column.
|
for the row and column. No other mouse events are
|
||||||
|
supported.
|
||||||
*dec-mouse*
|
*dec-mouse*
|
||||||
dec DEC terminal mouse handling. The mouse generates a
|
dec DEC terminal mouse handling. The mouse generates a
|
||||||
rather complex sequence, starting with "<Esc>[".
|
rather complex sequence, starting with "<Esc>[".
|
||||||
@ -8653,7 +8652,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
|||||||
in a much smarter way, taking care of wrapping lines.
|
in a much smarter way, taking care of wrapping lines.
|
||||||
When resizing the Vim window, the value is smaller than 1 or more than
|
When resizing the Vim window, the value is smaller than 1 or more than
|
||||||
or equal to 'lines' it will be set to 'lines' minus 1.
|
or equal to 'lines' it will be set to 'lines' minus 1.
|
||||||
{Vi also uses the option to specify the number of displayed lines}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*'winheight'* *'wh'* *E591*
|
*'winheight'* *'wh'* *E591*
|
||||||
'winheight' 'wh' number (default 1)
|
'winheight' 'wh' number (default 1)
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*os_mac.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Jan 21
|
*os_mac.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 21
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*pattern.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 21
|
*pattern.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -78,24 +78,24 @@ N Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times in
|
|||||||
4. the first non-blank word after the cursor,
|
4. the first non-blank word after the cursor,
|
||||||
in the current line
|
in the current line
|
||||||
Only whole keywords are searched for, like with the
|
Only whole keywords are searched for, like with the
|
||||||
command "/\<keyword\>". |exclusive| {not in Vi}
|
command "/\<keyword\>". |exclusive|
|
||||||
'ignorecase' is used, 'smartcase' is not.
|
'ignorecase' is used, 'smartcase' is not.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*#*
|
*#*
|
||||||
# Same as "*", but search backward. The pound sign
|
# Same as "*", but search backward. The pound sign
|
||||||
(character 163) also works. If the "#" key works as
|
(character 163) also works. If the "#" key works as
|
||||||
backspace, try using "stty erase <BS>" before starting
|
backspace, try using "stty erase <BS>" before starting
|
||||||
Vim (<BS> is CTRL-H or a real backspace). {not in Vi}
|
Vim (<BS> is CTRL-H or a real backspace).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gstar*
|
*gstar*
|
||||||
g* Like "*", but don't put "\<" and "\>" around the word.
|
g* Like "*", but don't put "\<" and "\>" around the word.
|
||||||
This makes the search also find matches that are not a
|
This makes the search also find matches that are not a
|
||||||
whole word. {not in Vi}
|
whole word.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g#*
|
*g#*
|
||||||
g# Like "#", but don't put "\<" and "\>" around the word.
|
g# Like "#", but don't put "\<" and "\>" around the word.
|
||||||
This makes the search also find matches that are not a
|
This makes the search also find matches that are not a
|
||||||
whole word. {not in Vi}
|
whole word.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gd*
|
*gd*
|
||||||
gd Goto local Declaration. When the cursor is on a local
|
gd Goto local Declaration. When the cursor is on a local
|
||||||
@ -113,22 +113,21 @@ gd Goto local Declaration. When the cursor is on a local
|
|||||||
searched use the commands listed in |include-search|.
|
searched use the commands listed in |include-search|.
|
||||||
After this command |n| searches forward for the next
|
After this command |n| searches forward for the next
|
||||||
match (not backward).
|
match (not backward).
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*gD*
|
*gD*
|
||||||
gD Goto global Declaration. When the cursor is on a
|
gD Goto global Declaration. When the cursor is on a
|
||||||
global variable that is defined in the file, this
|
global variable that is defined in the file, this
|
||||||
command will jump to its declaration. This works just
|
command will jump to its declaration. This works just
|
||||||
like "gd", except that the search for the keyword
|
like "gd", except that the search for the keyword
|
||||||
always starts in line 1. {not in Vi}
|
always starts in line 1.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*1gd*
|
*1gd*
|
||||||
1gd Like "gd", but ignore matches inside a {} block that
|
1gd Like "gd", but ignore matches inside a {} block that
|
||||||
ends before the cursor position. {not in Vi}
|
ends before the cursor position.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*1gD*
|
*1gD*
|
||||||
1gD Like "gD", but ignore matches inside a {} block that
|
1gD Like "gD", but ignore matches inside a {} block that
|
||||||
ends before the cursor position. {not in Vi}
|
ends before the cursor position.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*CTRL-C*
|
*CTRL-C*
|
||||||
CTRL-C Interrupt current (search) command. Use CTRL-Break on
|
CTRL-C Interrupt current (search) command. Use CTRL-Break on
|
||||||
@ -171,7 +170,7 @@ error message |:s_flags|.
|
|||||||
*search-offset* *{offset}*
|
*search-offset* *{offset}*
|
||||||
These commands search for the specified pattern. With "/" and "?" an
|
These commands search for the specified pattern. With "/" and "?" an
|
||||||
additional offset may be given. There are two types of offsets: line offsets
|
additional offset may be given. There are two types of offsets: line offsets
|
||||||
and character offsets. {the character offsets are not in Vi}
|
and character offsets.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The offset gives the cursor position relative to the found match:
|
The offset gives the cursor position relative to the found match:
|
||||||
[num] [num] lines downwards, in column 1
|
[num] [num] lines downwards, in column 1
|
||||||
@ -310,14 +309,6 @@ when executing a pattern takes a long time and when checking for messages on
|
|||||||
channels a callback is invoked that also uses a pattern or an autocommand is
|
channels a callback is invoked that also uses a pattern or an autocommand is
|
||||||
triggered. In most cases this should be fine, but if a pattern is in use when
|
triggered. In most cases this should be fine, but if a pattern is in use when
|
||||||
it's used again it fails. Usually this means there is something wrong with
|
it's used again it fails. Usually this means there is something wrong with
|
||||||
the pattern.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*E956*
|
|
||||||
In very rare cases a regular expression is used recursively. This can happen
|
|
||||||
when executing a pattern takes a long time and when checking for messages on
|
|
||||||
channels a callback is invoked that also uses a pattern or an autocommand is
|
|
||||||
triggered. In most cases this should be fine, but if a pattern is in use when
|
|
||||||
it's used again it fails. Usually this means there is something wrong with
|
|
||||||
the pattern.
|
the pattern.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
@ -455,30 +446,28 @@ More explanation and examples below, follow the links. *E64* *E871*
|
|||||||
multi ~
|
multi ~
|
||||||
'magic' 'nomagic' matches of the preceding atom ~
|
'magic' 'nomagic' matches of the preceding atom ~
|
||||||
|/star| * \* 0 or more as many as possible
|
|/star| * \* 0 or more as many as possible
|
||||||
|/\+| \+ \+ 1 or more as many as possible (*)
|
|/\+| \+ \+ 1 or more as many as possible
|
||||||
|/\=| \= \= 0 or 1 as many as possible (*)
|
|/\=| \= \= 0 or 1 as many as possible
|
||||||
|/\?| \? \? 0 or 1 as many as possible (*)
|
|/\?| \? \? 0 or 1 as many as possible
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|/\{| \{n,m} \{n,m} n to m as many as possible (*)
|
|/\{| \{n,m} \{n,m} n to m as many as possible
|
||||||
\{n} \{n} n exactly (*)
|
\{n} \{n} n exactly
|
||||||
\{n,} \{n,} at least n as many as possible (*)
|
\{n,} \{n,} at least n as many as possible
|
||||||
\{,m} \{,m} 0 to m as many as possible (*)
|
\{,m} \{,m} 0 to m as many as possible
|
||||||
\{} \{} 0 or more as many as possible (same as *) (*)
|
\{} \{} 0 or more as many as possible (same as *)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|/\{-| \{-n,m} \{-n,m} n to m as few as possible (*)
|
|/\{-| \{-n,m} \{-n,m} n to m as few as possible
|
||||||
\{-n} \{-n} n exactly (*)
|
\{-n} \{-n} n exactly
|
||||||
\{-n,} \{-n,} at least n as few as possible (*)
|
\{-n,} \{-n,} at least n as few as possible
|
||||||
\{-,m} \{-,m} 0 to m as few as possible (*)
|
\{-,m} \{-,m} 0 to m as few as possible
|
||||||
\{-} \{-} 0 or more as few as possible (*)
|
\{-} \{-} 0 or more as few as possible
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*E59*
|
*E59*
|
||||||
|/\@>| \@> \@> 1, like matching a whole pattern (*)
|
|/\@>| \@> \@> 1, like matching a whole pattern
|
||||||
|/\@=| \@= \@= nothing, requires a match |/zero-width| (*)
|
|/\@=| \@= \@= nothing, requires a match |/zero-width|
|
||||||
|/\@!| \@! \@! nothing, requires NO match |/zero-width| (*)
|
|/\@!| \@! \@! nothing, requires NO match |/zero-width|
|
||||||
|/\@<=| \@<= \@<= nothing, requires a match behind |/zero-width| (*)
|
|/\@<=| \@<= \@<= nothing, requires a match behind |/zero-width|
|
||||||
|/\@<!| \@<! \@<! nothing, requires NO match behind |/zero-width| (*)
|
|/\@<!| \@<! \@<! nothing, requires NO match behind |/zero-width|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
(*) {not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Overview of ordinary atoms. */ordinary-atom*
|
Overview of ordinary atoms. */ordinary-atom*
|
||||||
@ -507,7 +496,7 @@ More explanation and examples below, follow the links.
|
|||||||
|/\%c| \%23c \%23c in column 23 |/zero-width|
|
|/\%c| \%23c \%23c in column 23 |/zero-width|
|
||||||
|/\%v| \%23v \%23v in virtual column 23 |/zero-width|
|
|/\%v| \%23v \%23v in virtual column 23 |/zero-width|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Character classes {not in Vi}: */character-classes*
|
Character classes: */character-classes*
|
||||||
magic nomagic matches ~
|
magic nomagic matches ~
|
||||||
|/\i| \i \i identifier character (see 'isident' option)
|
|/\i| \i \i identifier character (see 'isident' option)
|
||||||
|/\I| \I \I like "\i", but excluding digits
|
|/\I| \I \I like "\i", but excluding digits
|
||||||
@ -546,7 +535,7 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}: */character-classes*
|
|||||||
|/\b| \b \b <BS>
|
|/\b| \b \b <BS>
|
||||||
|/\n| \n \n end-of-line
|
|/\n| \n \n end-of-line
|
||||||
|/~| ~ \~ last given substitute string
|
|/~| ~ \~ last given substitute string
|
||||||
|/\1| \1 \1 same string as matched by first \(\) {not in Vi}
|
|/\1| \1 \1 same string as matched by first \(\)
|
||||||
|/\2| \2 \2 Like "\1", but uses second \(\)
|
|/\2| \2 \2 Like "\1", but uses second \(\)
|
||||||
...
|
...
|
||||||
|/\9| \9 \9 Like "\1", but uses ninth \(\)
|
|/\9| \9 \9 Like "\1", but uses ninth \(\)
|
||||||
@ -624,20 +613,19 @@ overview.
|
|||||||
character at a time.
|
character at a time.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/\+*
|
*/\+*
|
||||||
\+ Matches 1 or more of the preceding atom, as many as possible. {not in
|
\+ Matches 1 or more of the preceding atom, as many as possible.
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
Example matches ~
|
Example matches ~
|
||||||
^.\+$ any non-empty line
|
^.\+$ any non-empty line
|
||||||
\s\+ white space of at least one character
|
\s\+ white space of at least one character
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/\=*
|
*/\=*
|
||||||
\= Matches 0 or 1 of the preceding atom, as many as possible. {not in Vi}
|
\= Matches 0 or 1 of the preceding atom, as many as possible.
|
||||||
Example matches ~
|
Example matches ~
|
||||||
foo\= "fo" and "foo"
|
foo\= "fo" and "foo"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/\?*
|
*/\?*
|
||||||
\? Just like \=. Cannot be used when searching backwards with the "?"
|
\? Just like \=. Cannot be used when searching backwards with the "?"
|
||||||
command. {not in Vi}
|
command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/\{* *E60* *E554* *E870*
|
*/\{* *E60* *E554* *E870*
|
||||||
\{n,m} Matches n to m of the preceding atom, as many as possible
|
\{n,m} Matches n to m of the preceding atom, as many as possible
|
||||||
@ -651,7 +639,6 @@ overview.
|
|||||||
\{-n,} matches at least n of the preceding atom, as few as possible
|
\{-n,} matches at least n of the preceding atom, as few as possible
|
||||||
\{-,m} matches 0 to m of the preceding atom, as few as possible
|
\{-,m} matches 0 to m of the preceding atom, as few as possible
|
||||||
\{-} matches 0 or more of the preceding atom, as few as possible
|
\{-} matches 0 or more of the preceding atom, as few as possible
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
n and m are positive decimal numbers or zero
|
n and m are positive decimal numbers or zero
|
||||||
*non-greedy*
|
*non-greedy*
|
||||||
@ -674,7 +661,7 @@ overview.
|
|||||||
The } may optionally be preceded with a backslash: \{n,m\}.
|
The } may optionally be preceded with a backslash: \{n,m\}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/\@=*
|
*/\@=*
|
||||||
\@= Matches the preceding atom with zero width. {not in Vi}
|
\@= Matches the preceding atom with zero width.
|
||||||
Like "(?=pattern)" in Perl.
|
Like "(?=pattern)" in Perl.
|
||||||
Example matches ~
|
Example matches ~
|
||||||
foo\(bar\)\@= "foo" in "foobar"
|
foo\(bar\)\@= "foo" in "foobar"
|
||||||
@ -694,7 +681,7 @@ overview.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*/\@!*
|
*/\@!*
|
||||||
\@! Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match at the
|
\@! Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match at the
|
||||||
current position. |/zero-width| {not in Vi}
|
current position. |/zero-width|
|
||||||
Like "(?!pattern)" in Perl.
|
Like "(?!pattern)" in Perl.
|
||||||
Example matches ~
|
Example matches ~
|
||||||
foo\(bar\)\@! any "foo" not followed by "bar"
|
foo\(bar\)\@! any "foo" not followed by "bar"
|
||||||
@ -724,7 +711,7 @@ overview.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*/\@<=*
|
*/\@<=*
|
||||||
\@<= Matches with zero width if the preceding atom matches just before what
|
\@<= Matches with zero width if the preceding atom matches just before what
|
||||||
follows. |/zero-width| {not in Vi}
|
follows. |/zero-width|
|
||||||
Like "(?<=pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
|
Like "(?<=pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
|
||||||
Example matches ~
|
Example matches ~
|
||||||
\(an\_s\+\)\@<=file "file" after "an" and white space or an
|
\(an\_s\+\)\@<=file "file" after "an" and white space or an
|
||||||
@ -768,7 +755,7 @@ overview.
|
|||||||
\@<! Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match just
|
\@<! Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match just
|
||||||
before what follows. Thus this matches if there is no position in the
|
before what follows. Thus this matches if there is no position in the
|
||||||
current or previous line where the atom matches such that it ends just
|
current or previous line where the atom matches such that it ends just
|
||||||
before what follows. |/zero-width| {not in Vi}
|
before what follows. |/zero-width|
|
||||||
Like "(?<!pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
|
Like "(?<!pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
|
||||||
The match with the preceding atom is made to end just before the match
|
The match with the preceding atom is made to end just before the match
|
||||||
with what follows, thus an atom that ends in ".*" will work.
|
with what follows, thus an atom that ends in ".*" will work.
|
||||||
@ -784,7 +771,7 @@ overview.
|
|||||||
slow.
|
slow.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/\@>*
|
*/\@>*
|
||||||
\@> Matches the preceding atom like matching a whole pattern. {not in Vi}
|
\@> Matches the preceding atom like matching a whole pattern.
|
||||||
Like "(?>pattern)" in Perl.
|
Like "(?>pattern)" in Perl.
|
||||||
Example matches ~
|
Example matches ~
|
||||||
\(a*\)\@>a nothing (the "a*" takes all the "a"'s, there can't be
|
\(a*\)\@>a nothing (the "a*" takes all the "a"'s, there can't be
|
||||||
@ -863,7 +850,7 @@ $ At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
|
|||||||
/\(.\{-}\zsFab\)\{3}
|
/\(.\{-}\zsFab\)\{3}
|
||||||
< Finds the third occurrence of "Fab".
|
< Finds the third occurrence of "Fab".
|
||||||
This cannot be followed by a multi. *E888*
|
This cannot be followed by a multi. *E888*
|
||||||
{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
|
{not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
|
||||||
*/\ze*
|
*/\ze*
|
||||||
\ze Matches at any position, and sets the end of the match there: The
|
\ze Matches at any position, and sets the end of the match there: The
|
||||||
previous char is the last char of the whole match. |/zero-width|
|
previous char is the last char of the whole match. |/zero-width|
|
||||||
@ -872,17 +859,17 @@ $ At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
|
|||||||
Example: "end\ze\(if\|for\)" matches the "end" in "endif" and
|
Example: "end\ze\(if\|for\)" matches the "end" in "endif" and
|
||||||
"endfor".
|
"endfor".
|
||||||
This cannot be followed by a multi. |E888|
|
This cannot be followed by a multi. |E888|
|
||||||
{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
|
{not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/\%^* *start-of-file*
|
*/\%^* *start-of-file*
|
||||||
\%^ Matches start of the file. When matching with a string, matches the
|
\%^ Matches start of the file. When matching with a string, matches the
|
||||||
start of the string. {not in Vi}
|
start of the string.
|
||||||
For example, to find the first "VIM" in a file: >
|
For example, to find the first "VIM" in a file: >
|
||||||
/\%^\_.\{-}\zsVIM
|
/\%^\_.\{-}\zsVIM
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*/\%$* *end-of-file*
|
*/\%$* *end-of-file*
|
||||||
\%$ Matches end of the file. When matching with a string, matches the
|
\%$ Matches end of the file. When matching with a string, matches the
|
||||||
end of the string. {not in Vi}
|
end of the string.
|
||||||
Note that this does NOT find the last "VIM" in a file: >
|
Note that this does NOT find the last "VIM" in a file: >
|
||||||
/VIM\_.\{-}\%$
|
/VIM\_.\{-}\%$
|
||||||
< It will find the next VIM, because the part after it will always
|
< It will find the next VIM, because the part after it will always
|
||||||
@ -906,7 +893,7 @@ $ At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*/\%#* *cursor-position*
|
*/\%#* *cursor-position*
|
||||||
\%# Matches with the cursor position. Only works when matching in a
|
\%# Matches with the cursor position. Only works when matching in a
|
||||||
buffer displayed in a window. {not in Vi}
|
buffer displayed in a window.
|
||||||
WARNING: When the cursor is moved after the pattern was used, the
|
WARNING: When the cursor is moved after the pattern was used, the
|
||||||
result becomes invalid. Vim doesn't automatically update the matches.
|
result becomes invalid. Vim doesn't automatically update the matches.
|
||||||
This is especially relevant for syntax highlighting and 'hlsearch'.
|
This is especially relevant for syntax highlighting and 'hlsearch'.
|
||||||
@ -927,7 +914,6 @@ $ At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
|
|||||||
< Note that two dots are required to include mark 'e in the match. That
|
< Note that two dots are required to include mark 'e in the match. That
|
||||||
is because "\%<'e" matches at the character before the 'e mark, and
|
is because "\%<'e" matches at the character before the 'e mark, and
|
||||||
since it's a |/zero-width| match it doesn't include that character.
|
since it's a |/zero-width| match it doesn't include that character.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
WARNING: When the mark is moved after the pattern was used, the result
|
WARNING: When the mark is moved after the pattern was used, the result
|
||||||
becomes invalid. Vim doesn't automatically update the matches.
|
becomes invalid. Vim doesn't automatically update the matches.
|
||||||
Similar to moving the cursor for "\%#" |/\%#|.
|
Similar to moving the cursor for "\%#" |/\%#|.
|
||||||
@ -937,7 +923,7 @@ $ At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
|
|||||||
\%<23l Matches above a specific line (lower line number).
|
\%<23l Matches above a specific line (lower line number).
|
||||||
\%>23l Matches below a specific line (higher line number).
|
\%>23l Matches below a specific line (higher line number).
|
||||||
These three can be used to match specific lines in a buffer. The "23"
|
These three can be used to match specific lines in a buffer. The "23"
|
||||||
can be any line number. The first line is 1. {not in Vi}
|
can be any line number. The first line is 1.
|
||||||
WARNING: When inserting or deleting lines Vim does not automatically
|
WARNING: When inserting or deleting lines Vim does not automatically
|
||||||
update the matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly becomes
|
update the matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly becomes
|
||||||
wrong.
|
wrong.
|
||||||
@ -953,7 +939,7 @@ $ At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
|
|||||||
These three can be used to match specific columns in a buffer or
|
These three can be used to match specific columns in a buffer or
|
||||||
string. The "23" can be any column number. The first column is 1.
|
string. The "23" can be any column number. The first column is 1.
|
||||||
Actually, the column is the byte number (thus it's not exactly right
|
Actually, the column is the byte number (thus it's not exactly right
|
||||||
for multi-byte characters). {not in Vi}
|
for multi-byte characters).
|
||||||
WARNING: When inserting or deleting text Vim does not automatically
|
WARNING: When inserting or deleting text Vim does not automatically
|
||||||
update the matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly becomes
|
update the matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly becomes
|
||||||
wrong.
|
wrong.
|
||||||
@ -975,7 +961,7 @@ $ At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
|
|||||||
The "23" can be any column number. The first column is 1.
|
The "23" can be any column number. The first column is 1.
|
||||||
Note that some virtual column positions will never match, because they
|
Note that some virtual column positions will never match, because they
|
||||||
are halfway through a tab or other character that occupies more than
|
are halfway through a tab or other character that occupies more than
|
||||||
one screen character. {not in Vi}
|
one screen character.
|
||||||
WARNING: When inserting or deleting text Vim does not automatically
|
WARNING: When inserting or deleting text Vim does not automatically
|
||||||
update highlighted matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly
|
update highlighted matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly
|
||||||
becomes wrong.
|
becomes wrong.
|
||||||
@ -998,7 +984,7 @@ $ At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
|
|||||||
where ".*" matches zero characters.
|
where ".*" matches zero characters.
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Character classes: {not in Vi}
|
Character classes:
|
||||||
\i identifier character (see 'isident' option) */\i*
|
\i identifier character (see 'isident' option) */\i*
|
||||||
\I like "\i", but excluding digits */\I*
|
\I like "\i", but excluding digits */\I*
|
||||||
\k keyword character (see 'iskeyword' option) */\k*
|
\k keyword character (see 'iskeyword' option) */\k*
|
||||||
@ -1058,7 +1044,7 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
|
|||||||
*E51* *E54* *E55* *E872* *E873*
|
*E51* *E54* *E55* *E872* *E873*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\1 Matches the same string that was matched by */\1* *E65*
|
\1 Matches the same string that was matched by */\1* *E65*
|
||||||
the first sub-expression in \( and \). {not in Vi}
|
the first sub-expression in \( and \).
|
||||||
Example: "\([a-z]\).\1" matches "ata", "ehe", "tot", etc.
|
Example: "\([a-z]\).\1" matches "ata", "ehe", "tot", etc.
|
||||||
\2 Like "\1", but uses second sub-expression, */\2*
|
\2 Like "\1", but uses second sub-expression, */\2*
|
||||||
... */\3*
|
... */\3*
|
||||||
@ -1070,7 +1056,6 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
|
|||||||
\%(\) A pattern enclosed by escaped parentheses. */\%(\)* */\%(* *E53*
|
\%(\) A pattern enclosed by escaped parentheses. */\%(\)* */\%(* *E53*
|
||||||
Just like \(\), but without counting it as a sub-expression. This
|
Just like \(\), but without counting it as a sub-expression. This
|
||||||
allows using more groups and it's a little bit faster.
|
allows using more groups and it's a little bit faster.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
x A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
|
x A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -1171,7 +1156,7 @@ x A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
|
|||||||
backslash before it: "[xyz\]]", "[\^xyz]", "[xy\-z]" and "[xyz\\]".
|
backslash before it: "[xyz\]]", "[\^xyz]", "[xy\-z]" and "[xyz\\]".
|
||||||
(Note: POSIX does not support the use of a backslash this way). For
|
(Note: POSIX does not support the use of a backslash this way). For
|
||||||
']' you can also make it the first character (following a possible
|
']' you can also make it the first character (following a possible
|
||||||
"^"): "[]xyz]" or "[^]xyz]" {not in Vi}.
|
"^"): "[]xyz]" or "[^]xyz]".
|
||||||
For '-' you can also make it the first or last character: "[-xyz]",
|
For '-' you can also make it the first or last character: "[-xyz]",
|
||||||
"[^-xyz]" or "[xyz-]". For '\' you can also let it be followed by
|
"[^-xyz]" or "[xyz-]". For '\' you can also let it be followed by
|
||||||
any character that's not in "^]-\bdertnoUux". "[\xyz]" matches '\',
|
any character that's not in "^]-\bdertnoUux". "[\xyz]" matches '\',
|
||||||
@ -1180,7 +1165,7 @@ x A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
|
|||||||
- Omitting the trailing ] is not considered an error. "[]" works like
|
- Omitting the trailing ] is not considered an error. "[]" works like
|
||||||
"[]]", it matches the ']' character.
|
"[]]", it matches the ']' character.
|
||||||
- The following translations are accepted when the 'l' flag is not
|
- The following translations are accepted when the 'l' flag is not
|
||||||
included in 'cpoptions' {not in Vi}:
|
included in 'cpoptions':
|
||||||
\e <Esc>
|
\e <Esc>
|
||||||
\t <Tab>
|
\t <Tab>
|
||||||
\r <CR> (NOT end-of-line!)
|
\r <CR> (NOT end-of-line!)
|
||||||
@ -1261,7 +1246,7 @@ files. To match a <Nul> with a search pattern you can just enter CTRL-@ or
|
|||||||
"CTRL-V 000". This is probably just what you expect. Internally the
|
"CTRL-V 000". This is probably just what you expect. Internally the
|
||||||
character is replaced with a <NL> in the search pattern. What is unusual is
|
character is replaced with a <NL> in the search pattern. What is unusual is
|
||||||
that typing CTRL-V CTRL-J also inserts a <NL>, thus also searches for a <Nul>
|
that typing CTRL-V CTRL-J also inserts a <NL>, thus also searches for a <Nul>
|
||||||
in the file. {Vi cannot handle <Nul> characters in the file at all}
|
in the file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*CR-used-for-NL*
|
*CR-used-for-NL*
|
||||||
When 'fileformat' is "mac", <NL> characters in the file are stored as <CR>
|
When 'fileformat' is "mac", <NL> characters in the file are stored as <CR>
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*pi_gzip.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2016 Nov 06
|
*pi_gzip.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ This plugin is only available if 'compatible' is not set.
|
|||||||
You can avoid loading this plugin by setting the "loaded_gzip" variable: >
|
You can avoid loading this plugin by setting the "loaded_gzip" variable: >
|
||||||
:let loaded_gzip = 1
|
:let loaded_gzip = 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of this}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Autocommands *gzip-autocmd*
|
1. Autocommands *gzip-autocmd*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*pi_netrw.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Nov 03
|
*pi_netrw.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
------------------------------------------------
|
------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL by Charles E. Campbell
|
NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL by Charles E. Campbell
|
||||||
@ -114,8 +114,6 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2017 Charles E Campbell *netrw-copyright*
|
|||||||
13. Todo..................................................|netrw-todo|
|
13. Todo..................................................|netrw-todo|
|
||||||
14. Credits...............................................|netrw-credits|
|
14. Credits...............................................|netrw-credits|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of this}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
2. Starting With Netrw *netrw-start* {{{1
|
2. Starting With Netrw *netrw-start* {{{1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*print.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2010 Jul 20
|
*print.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -15,7 +15,6 @@ Printing *printing*
|
|||||||
7. PostScript Utilities |postscript-print-util|
|
7. PostScript Utilities |postscript-print-util|
|
||||||
8. Formfeed Characters |printing-formfeed|
|
8. Formfeed Characters |printing-formfeed|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi has None of this}
|
|
||||||
{only available when compiled with the |+printer| feature}
|
{only available when compiled with the |+printer| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*quickfix.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 13
|
*quickfix.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -16,8 +16,6 @@ This subject is introduced in section |30.1| of the user manual.
|
|||||||
8. The directory stack |quickfix-directory-stack|
|
8. The directory stack |quickfix-directory-stack|
|
||||||
9. Specific error file formats |errorformats|
|
9. Specific error file formats |errorformats|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The quickfix commands are not available when the |+quickfix| feature was
|
The quickfix commands are not available when the |+quickfix| feature was
|
||||||
disabled at compile time.
|
disabled at compile time.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -502,7 +500,6 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
|
|||||||
autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
|
autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
|
||||||
'eventignore'. This considerably speeds up editing
|
'eventignore'. This considerably speeds up editing
|
||||||
each buffer.
|
each buffer.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
|
Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
|
||||||
|:ldo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
|
|:ldo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -515,7 +512,6 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
|
|||||||
:{cmd}
|
:{cmd}
|
||||||
etc.
|
etc.
|
||||||
< Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
|
< Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ldo*
|
*:ldo*
|
||||||
:ld[o][!] {cmd} Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the location list
|
:ld[o][!] {cmd} Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the location list
|
||||||
@ -528,7 +524,6 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
|
|||||||
etc.
|
etc.
|
||||||
< Only valid entries in the location list are used.
|
< Only valid entries in the location list are used.
|
||||||
Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
|
Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:lfdo*
|
*:lfdo*
|
||||||
:lfdo[!] {cmd} Execute {cmd} in each file in the location list for
|
:lfdo[!] {cmd} Execute {cmd} in each file in the location list for
|
||||||
@ -540,7 +535,6 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
|
|||||||
:{cmd}
|
:{cmd}
|
||||||
etc.
|
etc.
|
||||||
< Otherwise it works the same as `:ldo`.
|
< Otherwise it works the same as `:ldo`.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
=============================================================================
|
=============================================================================
|
||||||
2. The error window *quickfix-window*
|
2. The error window *quickfix-window*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*quickref.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 16
|
*quickref.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 28
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -600,6 +600,7 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
|
|||||||
Short explanation of each option: *option-list*
|
Short explanation of each option: *option-list*
|
||||||
'aleph' 'al' ASCII code of the letter Aleph (Hebrew)
|
'aleph' 'al' ASCII code of the letter Aleph (Hebrew)
|
||||||
'allowrevins' 'ari' allow CTRL-_ in Insert and Command-line mode
|
'allowrevins' 'ari' allow CTRL-_ in Insert and Command-line mode
|
||||||
|
'altkeymap' 'akm' obsolete option for Farsi
|
||||||
'ambiwidth' 'ambw' what to do with Unicode chars of ambiguous width
|
'ambiwidth' 'ambw' what to do with Unicode chars of ambiguous width
|
||||||
'antialias' 'anti' Mac OS X: use smooth, antialiased fonts
|
'antialias' 'anti' Mac OS X: use smooth, antialiased fonts
|
||||||
'autochdir' 'acd' change directory to the file in the current window
|
'autochdir' 'acd' change directory to the file in the current window
|
||||||
@ -699,6 +700,7 @@ Short explanation of each option: *option-list*
|
|||||||
'filetype' 'ft' type of file, used for autocommands
|
'filetype' 'ft' type of file, used for autocommands
|
||||||
'fillchars' 'fcs' characters to use for displaying special items
|
'fillchars' 'fcs' characters to use for displaying special items
|
||||||
'fixendofline' 'fixeol' make sure last line in file has <EOL>
|
'fixendofline' 'fixeol' make sure last line in file has <EOL>
|
||||||
|
'fkmap' 'fk' obsolete option for Farsi
|
||||||
'foldclose' 'fcl' close a fold when the cursor leaves it
|
'foldclose' 'fcl' close a fold when the cursor leaves it
|
||||||
'foldcolumn' 'fdc' width of the column used to indicate folds
|
'foldcolumn' 'fdc' width of the column used to indicate folds
|
||||||
'foldenable' 'fen' set to display all folds open
|
'foldenable' 'fen' set to display all folds open
|
||||||
@ -767,6 +769,7 @@ Short explanation of each option: *option-list*
|
|||||||
'keywordprg' 'kp' program to use for the "K" command
|
'keywordprg' 'kp' program to use for the "K" command
|
||||||
'langmap' 'lmap' alphabetic characters for other language mode
|
'langmap' 'lmap' alphabetic characters for other language mode
|
||||||
'langmenu' 'lm' language to be used for the menus
|
'langmenu' 'lm' language to be used for the menus
|
||||||
|
'langnoremap' 'lnr' do not apply 'langmap' to mapped characters
|
||||||
'langremap' 'lrm' do apply 'langmap' to mapped characters
|
'langremap' 'lrm' do apply 'langmap' to mapped characters
|
||||||
'laststatus' 'ls' tells when last window has status lines
|
'laststatus' 'ls' tells when last window has status lines
|
||||||
'lazyredraw' 'lz' don't redraw while executing macros
|
'lazyredraw' 'lz' don't redraw while executing macros
|
||||||
@ -779,8 +782,6 @@ Short explanation of each option: *option-list*
|
|||||||
'listchars' 'lcs' characters for displaying in list mode
|
'listchars' 'lcs' characters for displaying in list mode
|
||||||
'loadplugins' 'lpl' load plugin scripts when starting up
|
'loadplugins' 'lpl' load plugin scripts when starting up
|
||||||
'luadll' name of the Lua dynamic library
|
'luadll' name of the Lua dynamic library
|
||||||
'mzschemedll' name of the MzScheme dynamic library
|
|
||||||
'mzschemegcdll' name of the MzScheme dynamic library for GC
|
|
||||||
'macatsui' Mac GUI: use ATSUI text drawing
|
'macatsui' Mac GUI: use ATSUI text drawing
|
||||||
'magic' changes special characters in search patterns
|
'magic' changes special characters in search patterns
|
||||||
'makeef' 'mef' name of the errorfile for ":make"
|
'makeef' 'mef' name of the errorfile for ":make"
|
||||||
@ -808,6 +809,8 @@ Short explanation of each option: *option-list*
|
|||||||
'mouseshape' 'mouses' shape of the mouse pointer in different modes
|
'mouseshape' 'mouses' shape of the mouse pointer in different modes
|
||||||
'mousetime' 'mouset' max time between mouse double-click
|
'mousetime' 'mouset' max time between mouse double-click
|
||||||
'mzquantum' 'mzq' the interval between polls for MzScheme threads
|
'mzquantum' 'mzq' the interval between polls for MzScheme threads
|
||||||
|
'mzschemedll' name of the MzScheme dynamic library
|
||||||
|
'mzschemegcdll' name of the MzScheme dynamic library for GC
|
||||||
'nrformats' 'nf' number formats recognized for CTRL-A command
|
'nrformats' 'nf' number formats recognized for CTRL-A command
|
||||||
'number' 'nu' print the line number in front of each line
|
'number' 'nu' print the line number in front of each line
|
||||||
'numberwidth' 'nuw' number of columns used for the line number
|
'numberwidth' 'nuw' number of columns used for the line number
|
||||||
@ -916,6 +919,7 @@ Short explanation of each option: *option-list*
|
|||||||
'tabstop' 'ts' number of spaces that <Tab> in file uses
|
'tabstop' 'ts' number of spaces that <Tab> in file uses
|
||||||
'tagbsearch' 'tbs' use binary searching in tags files
|
'tagbsearch' 'tbs' use binary searching in tags files
|
||||||
'tagcase' 'tc' how to handle case when searching in tags files
|
'tagcase' 'tc' how to handle case when searching in tags files
|
||||||
|
'tagfunc' 'tfu' function to get list of tag matches
|
||||||
'taglength' 'tl' number of significant characters for a tag
|
'taglength' 'tl' number of significant characters for a tag
|
||||||
'tagrelative' 'tr' file names in tag file are relative
|
'tagrelative' 'tr' file names in tag file are relative
|
||||||
'tags' 'tag' list of file names used by the tag command
|
'tags' 'tag' list of file names used by the tag command
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*remote.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Nov 12
|
*remote.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ Vim client-server communication *client-server*
|
|||||||
2. X11 specific items |x11-clientserver|
|
2. X11 specific items |x11-clientserver|
|
||||||
3. MS-Windows specific items |w32-clientserver|
|
3. MS-Windows specific items |w32-clientserver|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
1. Common functionality *clientserver*
|
1. Common functionality *clientserver*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*repeat.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 05
|
*repeat.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -163,12 +163,11 @@ q Stops recording. (Implementation note: The 'q' that
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:@:*
|
*:@:*
|
||||||
:[addr]@: Repeat last command-line. First set cursor at line
|
:[addr]@: Repeat last command-line. First set cursor at line
|
||||||
[addr] (default is current line). {not in Vi}
|
[addr] (default is current line).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[addr]@ *:@@*
|
:[addr]@ *:@@*
|
||||||
:[addr]@@ Repeat the previous :@{0-9a-z"}. First set cursor at
|
:[addr]@@ Repeat the previous :@{0-9a-z"}. First set cursor at
|
||||||
line [addr] (default is current line). {Vi: only in
|
line [addr] (default is current line).
|
||||||
some versions}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
4. Using Vim scripts *using-scripts*
|
4. Using Vim scripts *using-scripts*
|
||||||
@ -187,7 +186,6 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
|
|||||||
|:bufdo|, in a loop or when another command follows
|
|:bufdo|, in a loop or when another command follows
|
||||||
the display won't be updated while executing the
|
the display won't be updated while executing the
|
||||||
commands.
|
commands.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ru* *:runtime*
|
*:ru* *:runtime*
|
||||||
:ru[ntime][!] [where] {file} ..
|
:ru[ntime][!] [where] {file} ..
|
||||||
@ -230,7 +228,6 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
|
|||||||
when no file could be found.
|
when no file could be found.
|
||||||
When 'verbose' is two or higher, there is a message
|
When 'verbose' is two or higher, there is a message
|
||||||
about each searched file.
|
about each searched file.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:pa* *:packadd* *E919*
|
*:pa* *:packadd* *E919*
|
||||||
:pa[ckadd][!] {name} Search for an optional plugin directory in 'packpath'
|
:pa[ckadd][!] {name} Search for an optional plugin directory in 'packpath'
|
||||||
@ -323,7 +320,6 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
|
|||||||
set encoding=utf-8
|
set encoding=utf-8
|
||||||
scriptencoding utf-8
|
scriptencoding utf-8
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:scriptv[ersion] {version} *:scriptv* *:scriptversion*
|
:scriptv[ersion] {version} *:scriptv* *:scriptversion*
|
||||||
*E999* *E984*
|
*E999* *E984*
|
||||||
@ -341,8 +337,8 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
|
|||||||
:scr[iptnames] List all sourced script names, in the order they were
|
:scr[iptnames] List all sourced script names, in the order they were
|
||||||
first sourced. The number is used for the script ID
|
first sourced. The number is used for the script ID
|
||||||
|<SID>|.
|
|<SID>|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
|
{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
|
||||||
|+eval| feature}
|
feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:scr[iptnames][!] {scriptId} *:script*
|
:scr[iptnames][!] {scriptId} *:script*
|
||||||
Edit script {scriptId}. Although ":scriptnames name"
|
Edit script {scriptId}. Although ":scriptnames name"
|
||||||
@ -358,7 +354,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
|
|||||||
following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
|
following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
|
||||||
are executed first. This process applies to all
|
are executed first. This process applies to all
|
||||||
nested ":try"s in the script. The outermost ":endtry"
|
nested ":try"s in the script. The outermost ":endtry"
|
||||||
then stops sourcing the script. {not in Vi}
|
then stops sourcing the script.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All commands and command sequences can be repeated by putting them in a named
|
All commands and command sequences can be repeated by putting them in a named
|
||||||
register and then executing it. There are two ways to get the commands in the
|
register and then executing it. There are two ways to get the commands in the
|
||||||
@ -698,7 +694,6 @@ sourced file or user function and set breakpoints.
|
|||||||
NOTE: The debugging mode is far from perfect. Debugging will have side
|
NOTE: The debugging mode is far from perfect. Debugging will have side
|
||||||
effects on how Vim works. You cannot use it to debug everything. For
|
effects on how Vim works. You cannot use it to debug everything. For
|
||||||
example, the display is messed up by the debugging messages.
|
example, the display is messed up by the debugging messages.
|
||||||
{Vi does not have a debug mode}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
An alternative to debug mode is setting the 'verbose' option. With a bigger
|
An alternative to debug mode is setting the 'verbose' option. With a bigger
|
||||||
number it will give more verbose messages about what Vim is doing.
|
number it will give more verbose messages about what Vim is doing.
|
||||||
@ -932,7 +927,6 @@ OBSCURE
|
|||||||
Profiling means that Vim measures the time that is spent on executing
|
Profiling means that Vim measures the time that is spent on executing
|
||||||
functions and/or scripts. The |+profile| feature is required for this.
|
functions and/or scripts. The |+profile| feature is required for this.
|
||||||
It is only included when Vim was compiled with "huge" features.
|
It is only included when Vim was compiled with "huge" features.
|
||||||
{Vi does not have profiling}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can also use the |reltime()| function to measure time. This only requires
|
You can also use the |reltime()| function to measure time. This only requires
|
||||||
the |+reltime| feature, which is present more often.
|
the |+reltime| feature, which is present more often.
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*rileft.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2006 Apr 24
|
*rileft.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Avner Lottem
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Avner Lottem
|
||||||
@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ These functions were originally created by Avner Lottem:
|
|||||||
E-mail: alottem@iil.intel.com
|
E-mail: alottem@iil.intel.com
|
||||||
Phone: +972-4-8307322
|
Phone: +972-4-8307322
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*E26*
|
*E26*
|
||||||
{only available when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature}
|
{only available when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*scroll.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 26
|
*scroll.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -45,9 +45,6 @@ CTRL-D Scroll window Downwards in the buffer. The number of
|
|||||||
difference). When the cursor is on the last line of
|
difference). When the cursor is on the last line of
|
||||||
the buffer nothing happens and a beep is produced.
|
the buffer nothing happens and a beep is produced.
|
||||||
See also 'startofline' option.
|
See also 'startofline' option.
|
||||||
{difference from vi: Vim scrolls 'scroll' screen
|
|
||||||
lines, instead of file lines; makes a difference when
|
|
||||||
lines wrap}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<S-Down> or *<S-Down>* *<kPageDown>*
|
<S-Down> or *<S-Down>* *<kPageDown>*
|
||||||
<PageDown> or *<PageDown>* *CTRL-F*
|
<PageDown> or *<PageDown>* *CTRL-F*
|
||||||
@ -120,7 +117,7 @@ z<CR> Redraw, line [count] at top of window (default
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*zt*
|
*zt*
|
||||||
zt Like "z<CR>", but leave the cursor in the same
|
zt Like "z<CR>", but leave the cursor in the same
|
||||||
column. {not in Vi}
|
column.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*zN<CR>*
|
*zN<CR>*
|
||||||
z{height}<CR> Redraw, make window {height} lines tall. This is
|
z{height}<CR> Redraw, make window {height} lines tall. This is
|
||||||
@ -136,7 +133,7 @@ z. Redraw, line [count] at center of window (default
|
|||||||
*zz*
|
*zz*
|
||||||
zz Like "z.", but leave the cursor in the same column.
|
zz Like "z.", but leave the cursor in the same column.
|
||||||
Careful: If caps-lock is on, this command becomes
|
Careful: If caps-lock is on, this command becomes
|
||||||
"ZZ": write buffer and exit! {not in Vi}
|
"ZZ": write buffer and exit!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*z-*
|
*z-*
|
||||||
z- Redraw, line [count] at bottom of window (default
|
z- Redraw, line [count] at bottom of window (default
|
||||||
@ -145,7 +142,6 @@ z- Redraw, line [count] at bottom of window (default
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*zb*
|
*zb*
|
||||||
zb Like "z-", but leave the cursor in the same column.
|
zb Like "z-", but leave the cursor in the same column.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
4. Scrolling horizontally *scroll-horizontal*
|
4. Scrolling horizontally *scroll-horizontal*
|
||||||
@ -158,26 +154,22 @@ not used.
|
|||||||
z<Right> or *zl* *z<Right>*
|
z<Right> or *zl* *z<Right>*
|
||||||
zl Move the view on the text [count] characters to the
|
zl Move the view on the text [count] characters to the
|
||||||
right, thus scroll the text [count] characters to the
|
right, thus scroll the text [count] characters to the
|
||||||
left. This only works when 'wrap' is off. {not in
|
left. This only works when 'wrap' is off.
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
z<Left> or *zh* *z<Left>*
|
z<Left> or *zh* *z<Left>*
|
||||||
zh Move the view on the text [count] characters to the
|
zh Move the view on the text [count] characters to the
|
||||||
left, thus scroll the text [count] characters to the
|
left, thus scroll the text [count] characters to the
|
||||||
right. This only works when 'wrap' is off. {not in
|
right. This only works when 'wrap' is off.
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*zL*
|
*zL*
|
||||||
zL Move the view on the text half a screenwidth to the
|
zL Move the view on the text half a screenwidth to the
|
||||||
right, thus scroll the text half a screenwidth to the
|
right, thus scroll the text half a screenwidth to the
|
||||||
left. This only works when 'wrap' is off. {not in
|
left. This only works when 'wrap' is off.
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*zH*
|
*zH*
|
||||||
zH Move the view on the text half a screenwidth to the
|
zH Move the view on the text half a screenwidth to the
|
||||||
left, thus scroll the text half a screenwidth to the
|
left, thus scroll the text half a screenwidth to the
|
||||||
right. This only works when 'wrap' is off. {not in
|
right. This only works when 'wrap' is off.
|
||||||
Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For the following two commands the cursor is not moved in the text, only the
|
For the following two commands the cursor is not moved in the text, only the
|
||||||
text scrolls on the screen.
|
text scrolls on the screen.
|
||||||
@ -185,12 +177,12 @@ text scrolls on the screen.
|
|||||||
*zs*
|
*zs*
|
||||||
zs Scroll the text horizontally to position the cursor
|
zs Scroll the text horizontally to position the cursor
|
||||||
at the start (left side) of the screen. This only
|
at the start (left side) of the screen. This only
|
||||||
works when 'wrap' is off. {not in Vi}
|
works when 'wrap' is off.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*ze*
|
*ze*
|
||||||
ze Scroll the text horizontally to position the cursor
|
ze Scroll the text horizontally to position the cursor
|
||||||
at the end (right side) of the screen. This only
|
at the end (right side) of the screen. This only
|
||||||
works when 'wrap' is off. {not in Vi}
|
works when 'wrap' is off.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
5. Scrolling synchronously *scroll-binding*
|
5. Scrolling synchronously *scroll-binding*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*sign.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 17
|
*sign.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur
|
||||||
@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ Sign Support Features *sign-support*
|
|||||||
1. Introduction |sign-intro|
|
1. Introduction |sign-intro|
|
||||||
2. Commands |sign-commands|
|
2. Commands |sign-commands|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these features}
|
|
||||||
{only available when compiled with the |+signs| feature}
|
{only available when compiled with the |+signs| feature}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*spell.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 19
|
*spell.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -11,10 +11,7 @@ Spell checking *spell*
|
|||||||
3. Generating a spell file |spell-mkspell|
|
3. Generating a spell file |spell-mkspell|
|
||||||
4. Spell file format |spell-file-format|
|
4. Spell file format |spell-file-format|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
{not available when the |+syntax| feature has been disabled at compile time}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Spell checking is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been disabled
|
|
||||||
at compile time.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note: There also is a vimspell plugin. If you have it you can do ":help
|
Note: There also is a vimspell plugin. If you have it you can do ":help
|
||||||
vimspell" to find about it. But you will probably want to get rid of the
|
vimspell" to find about it. But you will probably want to get rid of the
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*starting.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 16
|
*starting.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -84,7 +84,6 @@ filename One or more file names. The first one will be the current
|
|||||||
and the first error is displayed. See |quickfix|.
|
and the first error is displayed. See |quickfix|.
|
||||||
If [errorfile] is not given, the 'errorfile' option is used
|
If [errorfile] is not given, the 'errorfile' option is used
|
||||||
for the file name. See 'errorfile' for the default value.
|
for the file name. See 'errorfile' for the default value.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
(nothing) Without one of the four items above, Vim will start editing a
|
(nothing) Without one of the four items above, Vim will start editing a
|
||||||
new buffer. It's empty and doesn't have a file name.
|
new buffer. It's empty and doesn't have a file name.
|
||||||
@ -129,17 +128,17 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
--help *-h* *--help* *-?*
|
--help *-h* *--help* *-?*
|
||||||
-?
|
-?
|
||||||
-h Give usage (help) message and exit. {not in Vi}
|
-h Give usage (help) message and exit.
|
||||||
See |info-message| about capturing the text.
|
See |info-message| about capturing the text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*--version*
|
*--version*
|
||||||
--version Print version information and exit. Same output as for
|
--version Print version information and exit. Same output as for
|
||||||
|:version| command. {not in Vi}
|
|:version| command.
|
||||||
See |info-message| about capturing the text.
|
See |info-message| about capturing the text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*--noplugin*
|
*--noplugin*
|
||||||
--noplugin Skip loading plugins. Resets the 'loadplugins' option.
|
--noplugin Skip loading plugins. Resets the 'loadplugins' option.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
Note that the |-u| argument may also disable loading plugins:
|
Note that the |-u| argument may also disable loading plugins:
|
||||||
argument load: vimrc files plugins defaults.vim ~
|
argument load: vimrc files plugins defaults.vim ~
|
||||||
(nothing) yes yes yes
|
(nothing) yes yes yes
|
||||||
@ -190,13 +189,11 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
Note: You can use up to 10 "+" or "-c" arguments in a Vim
|
Note: You can use up to 10 "+" or "-c" arguments in a Vim
|
||||||
command. They are executed in the order given. A "-S"
|
command. They are executed in the order given. A "-S"
|
||||||
argument counts as a "-c" argument as well.
|
argument counts as a "-c" argument as well.
|
||||||
{Vi only allows one command}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--cmd {command} *--cmd*
|
--cmd {command} *--cmd*
|
||||||
{command} will be executed before processing any vimrc file.
|
{command} will be executed before processing any vimrc file.
|
||||||
Otherwise it acts like -c {command}. You can use up to 10 of
|
Otherwise it acts like -c {command}. You can use up to 10 of
|
||||||
these commands, independently from "-c" commands.
|
these commands, independently from "-c" commands.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-S*
|
*-S*
|
||||||
-S {file} The {file} will be sourced after the first file has been read.
|
-S {file} The {file} will be sourced after the first file has been read.
|
||||||
@ -205,7 +202,9 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
< It can be mixed with "-c" arguments and repeated like "-c".
|
< It can be mixed with "-c" arguments and repeated like "-c".
|
||||||
The limit of 10 "-c" arguments applies here as well.
|
The limit of 10 "-c" arguments applies here as well.
|
||||||
{file} cannot start with a "-".
|
{file} cannot start with a "-".
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
Do not use this for running a script to do some work and exit
|
||||||
|
Vim, you won't see error messages. Use |-u| instead.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
-S Works like "-S Session.vim". Only when used as the last
|
-S Works like "-S Session.vim". Only when used as the last
|
||||||
argument or when another "-" option follows.
|
argument or when another "-" option follows.
|
||||||
@ -217,8 +216,7 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
|crash-recovery|.
|
|crash-recovery|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-L*
|
*-L*
|
||||||
-L Same as -r. {only in some versions of Vi: "List recoverable
|
-L Same as -r.
|
||||||
edit sessions"}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-R*
|
*-R*
|
||||||
-R Readonly mode. The 'readonly' option will be set for all the
|
-R Readonly mode. The 'readonly' option will be set for all the
|
||||||
@ -238,7 +236,6 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
-m Modifications not allowed to be written. The 'write' option
|
-m Modifications not allowed to be written. The 'write' option
|
||||||
will be reset, so that writing files is disabled. However,
|
will be reset, so that writing files is disabled. However,
|
||||||
the 'write' option can be set to enable writing again.
|
the 'write' option can be set to enable writing again.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-M*
|
*-M*
|
||||||
-M Modifications not allowed. The 'modifiable' option will be
|
-M Modifications not allowed. The 'modifiable' option will be
|
||||||
@ -246,7 +243,6 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
will be reset, so that writing files is disabled. However,
|
will be reset, so that writing files is disabled. However,
|
||||||
the 'modifiable' and 'write' options can be set to enable
|
the 'modifiable' and 'write' options can be set to enable
|
||||||
changes and writing.
|
changes and writing.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-Z* *restricted-mode* *E145* *E981*
|
*-Z* *restricted-mode* *E145* *E981*
|
||||||
-Z Restricted mode. All commands that make use of an external
|
-Z Restricted mode. All commands that make use of an external
|
||||||
@ -260,11 +256,9 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
the Safe module.
|
the Safe module.
|
||||||
Note that the user may still find a loophole to execute a
|
Note that the user may still find a loophole to execute a
|
||||||
shell command, it has only been made difficult.
|
shell command, it has only been made difficult.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-g*
|
*-g*
|
||||||
-g Start Vim in GUI mode. See |gui|. For the opposite see |-v|.
|
-g Start Vim in GUI mode. See |gui|. For the opposite see |-v|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-v*
|
*-v*
|
||||||
-v Start Ex in Vi mode. Only makes a difference when the
|
-v Start Ex in Vi mode. Only makes a difference when the
|
||||||
@ -278,7 +272,6 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
*-E*
|
*-E*
|
||||||
-E Start Vim in improved Ex mode |gQ|. Only makes a difference
|
-E Start Vim in improved Ex mode |gQ|. Only makes a difference
|
||||||
when the executable is not called "exim".
|
when the executable is not called "exim".
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-s-ex*
|
*-s-ex*
|
||||||
-s Silent or batch mode. Only when Vim was started as "ex" or
|
-s Silent or batch mode. Only when Vim was started as "ex" or
|
||||||
@ -302,6 +295,9 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
"-u" argument).
|
"-u" argument).
|
||||||
Example: >
|
Example: >
|
||||||
vim -e -s < thefilter thefile
|
vim -e -s < thefilter thefile
|
||||||
|
< For the opposite, to see errors from the script, execute the
|
||||||
|
file with the |-u| flag: >
|
||||||
|
vim -u thefilter thefile
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
*-b*
|
*-b*
|
||||||
-b Binary mode. File I/O will only recognize <NL> to separate
|
-b Binary mode. File I/O will only recognize <NL> to separate
|
||||||
@ -309,7 +305,7 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
option is set to 0. 'modeline' is reset. The 'binary' option
|
option is set to 0. 'modeline' is reset. The 'binary' option
|
||||||
is set. This is done after reading the vimrc/exrc files but
|
is set. This is done after reading the vimrc/exrc files but
|
||||||
before reading any file in the arglist. See also
|
before reading any file in the arglist. See also
|
||||||
|edit-binary|. {not in Vi}
|
|edit-binary|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-l*
|
*-l*
|
||||||
-l Lisp mode. Sets the 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options on.
|
-l Lisp mode. Sets the 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options on.
|
||||||
@ -318,7 +314,7 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
-A Arabic mode. Sets the 'arabic' option on. (Only when
|
-A Arabic mode. Sets the 'arabic' option on. (Only when
|
||||||
compiled with the |+arabic| features (which include
|
compiled with the |+arabic| features (which include
|
||||||
|+rightleft|), otherwise Vim gives an error message
|
|+rightleft|), otherwise Vim gives an error message
|
||||||
and exits.) {not in Vi}
|
and exits.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-F*
|
*-F*
|
||||||
-F This was used for Farsi mode, which has been removed.
|
-F This was used for Farsi mode, which has been removed.
|
||||||
@ -327,13 +323,13 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
*-H*
|
*-H*
|
||||||
-H Hebrew mode. Sets the 'hkmap' and 'rightleft' options on.
|
-H Hebrew mode. Sets the 'hkmap' and 'rightleft' options on.
|
||||||
(Only when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature, otherwise
|
(Only when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature, otherwise
|
||||||
Vim gives an error message and exits.) {not in Vi}
|
Vim gives an error message and exits.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-V* *verbose*
|
*-V* *verbose*
|
||||||
-V[N] Verbose. Sets the 'verbose' option to [N] (default: 10).
|
-V[N] Verbose. Sets the 'verbose' option to [N] (default: 10).
|
||||||
Messages will be given for each file that is ":source"d and
|
Messages will be given for each file that is ":source"d and
|
||||||
for reading or writing a viminfo file. Can be used to find
|
for reading or writing a viminfo file. Can be used to find
|
||||||
out what is happening upon startup and exit. {not in Vi}
|
out what is happening upon startup and exit.
|
||||||
Example: >
|
Example: >
|
||||||
vim -V8 foobar
|
vim -V8 foobar
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -348,7 +344,6 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
-D Debugging. Go to debugging mode when executing the first
|
-D Debugging. Go to debugging mode when executing the first
|
||||||
command from a script. |debug-mode|
|
command from a script. |debug-mode|
|
||||||
{not available when compiled without the |+eval| feature}
|
{not available when compiled without the |+eval| feature}
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-C*
|
*-C*
|
||||||
-C Compatible mode. Sets the 'compatible' option. You can use
|
-C Compatible mode. Sets the 'compatible' option. You can use
|
||||||
@ -360,13 +355,13 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
< Several plugins won't work with 'compatible' set. You may
|
< Several plugins won't work with 'compatible' set. You may
|
||||||
want to set it after startup this way: >
|
want to set it after startup this way: >
|
||||||
vim "+set cp" filename
|
vim "+set cp" filename
|
||||||
< Also see |compatible-default|. {not in Vi}
|
< Also see |compatible-default|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-N*
|
*-N*
|
||||||
-N Not compatible mode. Resets the 'compatible' option. You can
|
-N Not compatible mode. Resets the 'compatible' option. You can
|
||||||
use this to get 'nocompatible', when there is no .vimrc file
|
use this to get 'nocompatible', when there is no .vimrc file
|
||||||
or when using "-u NONE".
|
or when using "-u NONE".
|
||||||
Also see |compatible-default|. {not in Vi}
|
Also see |compatible-default|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-y* *easy*
|
*-y* *easy*
|
||||||
-y Easy mode. Implied for |evim| and |eview|. Starts with
|
-y Easy mode. Implied for |evim| and |eview|. Starts with
|
||||||
@ -374,7 +369,6 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
This sources the script $VIMRUNTIME/evim.vim. Mappings are
|
This sources the script $VIMRUNTIME/evim.vim. Mappings are
|
||||||
set up to work like most click-and-type editors, see
|
set up to work like most click-and-type editors, see
|
||||||
|evim-keys|. The GUI is started when available.
|
|evim-keys|. The GUI is started when available.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-n*
|
*-n*
|
||||||
-n No swap file will be used. Recovery after a crash will be
|
-n No swap file will be used. Recovery after a crash will be
|
||||||
@ -394,7 +388,6 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
'updatecount' to very big numbers, and type ":preserve" when
|
'updatecount' to very big numbers, and type ":preserve" when
|
||||||
you want to save your work. This way you keep the possibility
|
you want to save your work. This way you keep the possibility
|
||||||
for crash recovery.
|
for crash recovery.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-o*
|
*-o*
|
||||||
-o[N] Open N windows, split horizontally. If [N] is not given,
|
-o[N] Open N windows, split horizontally. If [N] is not given,
|
||||||
@ -402,13 +395,11 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
there is not enough room, only the first few files get a
|
there is not enough room, only the first few files get a
|
||||||
window. If there are more windows than arguments, the last
|
window. If there are more windows than arguments, the last
|
||||||
few windows will be editing an empty file.
|
few windows will be editing an empty file.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-O*
|
*-O*
|
||||||
-O[N] Open N windows, split vertically. Otherwise it's like -o.
|
-O[N] Open N windows, split vertically. Otherwise it's like -o.
|
||||||
If both the -o and the -O option are given, the last one on
|
If both the -o and the -O option are given, the last one on
|
||||||
the command line determines how the windows will be split.
|
the command line determines how the windows will be split.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-p*
|
*-p*
|
||||||
-p[N] Open N tab pages. If [N] is not given, one tab page is opened
|
-p[N] Open N tab pages. If [N] is not given, one tab page is opened
|
||||||
@ -416,20 +407,19 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
'tabpagemax' pages (default 10). If there are more tab pages
|
'tabpagemax' pages (default 10). If there are more tab pages
|
||||||
than arguments, the last few tab pages will be editing an
|
than arguments, the last few tab pages will be editing an
|
||||||
empty file. Also see |tabpage|.
|
empty file. Also see |tabpage|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-T*
|
*-T*
|
||||||
-T {terminal} Set the terminal type to "terminal". This influences the
|
-T {terminal} Set the terminal type to "terminal". This influences the
|
||||||
codes that Vim will send to your terminal. This is normally
|
codes that Vim will send to your terminal. This is normally
|
||||||
not needed, because Vim will be able to find out what type
|
not needed, because Vim will be able to find out what type
|
||||||
of terminal you are using. (See |terminal-info|.) {not in Vi}
|
of terminal you are using. (See |terminal-info|.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*--not-a-term*
|
*--not-a-term*
|
||||||
--not-a-term Tells Vim that the user knows that the input and/or output is
|
--not-a-term Tells Vim that the user knows that the input and/or output is
|
||||||
not connected to a terminal. This will avoid the warning and
|
not connected to a terminal. This will avoid the warning and
|
||||||
the two second delay that would happen.
|
the two second delay that would happen.
|
||||||
Also avoids the "Reading from stdin..." message.
|
Also avoids the "Reading from stdin..." message.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
Also avoids the "N files to edit" message.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*--ttyfail*
|
*--ttyfail*
|
||||||
--ttyfail When the stdin or stdout is not a terminal (tty) then exit
|
--ttyfail When the stdin or stdout is not a terminal (tty) then exit
|
||||||
@ -437,8 +427,7 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*-d*
|
*-d*
|
||||||
-d Start in diff mode, like |vimdiff|.
|
-d Start in diff mode, like |vimdiff|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+diff|
|
{not available when compiled without the |+diff| feature}
|
||||||
feature}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
-d {device} Only on the Amiga and when not compiled with the |+diff|
|
-d {device} Only on the Amiga and when not compiled with the |+diff|
|
||||||
feature. Works like "-dev".
|
feature. Works like "-dev".
|
||||||
@ -448,7 +437,7 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
Normally you would use this to set the window position and
|
Normally you would use this to set the window position and
|
||||||
size: "-d con:x/y/width/height", e.g.,
|
size: "-d con:x/y/width/height", e.g.,
|
||||||
"-d con:30/10/600/150". But you can also use it to start
|
"-d con:30/10/600/150". But you can also use it to start
|
||||||
editing on another device, e.g., AUX:. {not in Vi}
|
editing on another device, e.g., AUX:.
|
||||||
*-f*
|
*-f*
|
||||||
-f GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
|
-f GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
|
||||||
'f' stands for "foreground". If omitted, the GUI forks a new
|
'f' stands for "foreground". If omitted, the GUI forks a new
|
||||||
@ -467,7 +456,6 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
MS-Windows: This option is not supported. However, when
|
MS-Windows: This option is not supported. However, when
|
||||||
running Vim with an installed vim.bat or gvim.bat file it
|
running Vim with an installed vim.bat or gvim.bat file it
|
||||||
works.
|
works.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*--nofork*
|
*--nofork*
|
||||||
@ -499,7 +487,6 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
has the side effect that the 'compatible' option will be on by
|
has the side effect that the 'compatible' option will be on by
|
||||||
default. This can have unexpected effects. See
|
default. This can have unexpected effects. See
|
||||||
|'compatible'|.
|
|'compatible'|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-U* *E230*
|
*-U* *E230*
|
||||||
-U {gvimrc} The file {gvimrc} is read for initializations when the GUI
|
-U {gvimrc} The file {gvimrc} is read for initializations when the GUI
|
||||||
@ -507,14 +494,12 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
is equal to "NONE", no file is read for GUI initializations at
|
is equal to "NONE", no file is read for GUI initializations at
|
||||||
all. |gui-init|
|
all. |gui-init|
|
||||||
Exception: Reading the system-wide menu file is always done.
|
Exception: Reading the system-wide menu file is always done.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-i*
|
*-i*
|
||||||
-i {viminfo} The file "viminfo" is used instead of the default viminfo
|
-i {viminfo} The file "viminfo" is used instead of the default viminfo
|
||||||
file. If the name "NONE" is used (all uppercase), no viminfo
|
file. If the name "NONE" is used (all uppercase), no viminfo
|
||||||
file is read or written, even if 'viminfo' is set or when
|
file is read or written, even if 'viminfo' is set or when
|
||||||
":rv" or ":wv" are used. See also |viminfo-file|.
|
":rv" or ":wv" are used. See also |viminfo-file|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*--clean*
|
*--clean*
|
||||||
--clean Similar to "-u DEFAULTS -U NONE -i NONE":
|
--clean Similar to "-u DEFAULTS -U NONE -i NONE":
|
||||||
@ -551,7 +536,6 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
When the connection is desired later anyway (e.g., for
|
When the connection is desired later anyway (e.g., for
|
||||||
client-server messages), call the |serverlist()| function.
|
client-server messages), call the |serverlist()| function.
|
||||||
This does not enable the XSMP handler though.
|
This does not enable the XSMP handler though.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-s*
|
*-s*
|
||||||
-s {scriptin} The script file "scriptin" is read. The characters in the
|
-s {scriptin} The script file "scriptin" is read. The characters in the
|
||||||
@ -560,7 +544,6 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
of the file is reached before the editor exits, further
|
of the file is reached before the editor exits, further
|
||||||
characters are read from the keyboard. Only works when not
|
characters are read from the keyboard. Only works when not
|
||||||
started in Ex mode, see |-s-ex|. See also |complex-repeat|.
|
started in Ex mode, see |-s-ex|. See also |complex-repeat|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-w_nr*
|
*-w_nr*
|
||||||
-w {number}
|
-w {number}
|
||||||
@ -573,62 +556,59 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
":source!". When the "scriptout" file already exists, new
|
":source!". When the "scriptout" file already exists, new
|
||||||
characters are appended. See also |complex-repeat|.
|
characters are appended. See also |complex-repeat|.
|
||||||
{scriptout} cannot start with a digit.
|
{scriptout} cannot start with a digit.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*-W*
|
*-W*
|
||||||
-W {scriptout} Like -w, but do not append, overwrite an existing file.
|
-W {scriptout} Like -w, but do not append, overwrite an existing file.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--remote [+{cmd}] {file} ...
|
--remote [+{cmd}] {file} ...
|
||||||
Open the {file} in another Vim that functions as a server.
|
Open the {file} in another Vim that functions as a server.
|
||||||
Any non-file arguments must come before this.
|
Any non-file arguments must come before this.
|
||||||
See |--remote|. {not in Vi}
|
See |--remote|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...
|
--remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...
|
||||||
Like --remote, but don't complain if there is no server.
|
Like --remote, but don't complain if there is no server.
|
||||||
See |--remote-silent|. {not in Vi}
|
See |--remote-silent|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--remote-wait [+{cmd}] {file} ...
|
--remote-wait [+{cmd}] {file} ...
|
||||||
Like --remote, but wait for the server to finish editing the
|
Like --remote, but wait for the server to finish editing the
|
||||||
file(s).
|
file(s).
|
||||||
See |--remote-wait|. {not in Vi}
|
See |--remote-wait|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--remote-wait-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...
|
--remote-wait-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...
|
||||||
Like --remote-wait, but don't complain if there is no server.
|
Like --remote-wait, but don't complain if there is no server.
|
||||||
See |--remote-wait-silent|. {not in Vi}
|
See |--remote-wait-silent|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--servername {name}
|
--servername {name}
|
||||||
Specify the name of the Vim server to send to or to become.
|
Specify the name of the Vim server to send to or to become.
|
||||||
See |--servername|. {not in Vi}
|
See |--servername|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--remote-send {keys}
|
--remote-send {keys}
|
||||||
Send {keys} to a Vim server and exit.
|
Send {keys} to a Vim server and exit.
|
||||||
See |--remote-send|. {not in Vi}
|
See |--remote-send|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--remote-expr {expr}
|
--remote-expr {expr}
|
||||||
Evaluate {expr} in another Vim that functions as a server.
|
Evaluate {expr} in another Vim that functions as a server.
|
||||||
The result is printed on stdout.
|
The result is printed on stdout.
|
||||||
See |--remote-expr|. {not in Vi}
|
See |--remote-expr|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--serverlist Output a list of Vim server names and exit. See
|
--serverlist Output a list of Vim server names and exit. See
|
||||||
|--serverlist|. {not in Vi}
|
|--serverlist|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--socketid {id} *--socketid*
|
--socketid {id} *--socketid*
|
||||||
GTK+ GUI Vim only. Make gvim try to use GtkPlug mechanism, so
|
GTK+ GUI Vim only. Make gvim try to use GtkPlug mechanism, so
|
||||||
that it runs inside another window. See |gui-gtk-socketid|
|
that it runs inside another window. See |gui-gtk-socketid|
|
||||||
for details. {not in Vi}
|
for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--windowid {id} *--windowid*
|
--windowid {id} *--windowid*
|
||||||
Win32 GUI Vim only. Make gvim try to use the window {id} as a
|
Win32 GUI Vim only. Make gvim try to use the window {id} as a
|
||||||
parent, so that it runs inside that window. See
|
parent, so that it runs inside that window. See
|
||||||
|gui-w32-windowid| for details. {not in Vi}
|
|gui-w32-windowid| for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--echo-wid *--echo-wid*
|
--echo-wid *--echo-wid*
|
||||||
GTK+ GUI Vim only. Make gvim echo the Window ID on stdout,
|
GTK+ GUI Vim only. Make gvim echo the Window ID on stdout,
|
||||||
which can be used to run gvim in a kpart widget. The format
|
which can be used to run gvim in a kpart widget. The format
|
||||||
of the output is: >
|
of the output is: >
|
||||||
WID: 12345\n
|
WID: 12345\n
|
||||||
< {not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--role {role} *--role*
|
--role {role} *--role*
|
||||||
GTK+ 2 GUI only. Set the role of the main window to {role}.
|
GTK+ 2 GUI only. Set the role of the main window to {role}.
|
||||||
@ -636,7 +616,6 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
|||||||
identify a window, in order to restore window placement and
|
identify a window, in order to restore window placement and
|
||||||
such. The --role argument is passed automatically when
|
such. The --role argument is passed automatically when
|
||||||
restoring the session on login. See |gui-gnome-session|
|
restoring the session on login. See |gui-gnome-session|
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
-P {parent-title} *-P* *MDI* *E671* *E672*
|
-P {parent-title} *-P* *MDI* *E671* *E672*
|
||||||
Win32 only: Specify the title of the parent application. When
|
Win32 only: Specify the title of the parent application. When
|
||||||
@ -1267,16 +1246,16 @@ vimrc file.
|
|||||||
*:mk* *:mkexrc*
|
*:mk* *:mkexrc*
|
||||||
:mk[exrc] [file] Write current key mappings and changed options to
|
:mk[exrc] [file] Write current key mappings and changed options to
|
||||||
[file] (default ".exrc" in the current directory),
|
[file] (default ".exrc" in the current directory),
|
||||||
unless it already exists. {not in Vi}
|
unless it already exists.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:mk[exrc]! [file] Always write current key mappings and changed
|
:mk[exrc]! [file] Always write current key mappings and changed
|
||||||
options to [file] (default ".exrc" in the current
|
options to [file] (default ".exrc" in the current
|
||||||
directory). {not in Vi}
|
directory).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:mkv* *:mkvimrc*
|
*:mkv* *:mkvimrc*
|
||||||
:mkv[imrc][!] [file] Like ":mkexrc", but the default is ".vimrc" in the
|
:mkv[imrc][!] [file] Like ":mkexrc", but the default is ".vimrc" in the
|
||||||
current directory. The ":version" command is also
|
current directory. The ":version" command is also
|
||||||
written to the file. {not in Vi}
|
written to the file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
These commands will write ":map" and ":set" commands to a file, in such a way
|
These commands will write ":map" and ":set" commands to a file, in such a way
|
||||||
that when these commands are executed, the current key mappings and options
|
that when these commands are executed, the current key mappings and options
|
||||||
@ -1342,8 +1321,7 @@ You can quickly start editing with a previously saved View or Session with the
|
|||||||
|-S| argument: >
|
|-S| argument: >
|
||||||
vim -S Session.vim
|
vim -S Session.vim
|
||||||
<
|
<
|
||||||
All this is {not in Vi} and {not available when compiled without the
|
All this is {not available when compiled without the |+mksession| feature}.
|
||||||
|+mksession| feature}.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:mks* *:mksession*
|
*:mks* *:mksession*
|
||||||
:mks[ession][!] [file] Write a Vim script that restores the current editing
|
:mks[ession][!] [file] Write a Vim script that restores the current editing
|
||||||
@ -1658,7 +1636,7 @@ most of the information will be restored).
|
|||||||
:rv[iminfo][!] [file] Read from viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
|
:rv[iminfo][!] [file] Read from viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
|
||||||
If [!] is given, then any information that is
|
If [!] is given, then any information that is
|
||||||
already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.)
|
already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.)
|
||||||
will be overwritten {not in Vi}
|
will be overwritten
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886* *E929*
|
*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886* *E929*
|
||||||
:wv[iminfo][!] [file] Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
|
:wv[iminfo][!] [file] Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
|
||||||
@ -1671,7 +1649,6 @@ most of the information will be restored).
|
|||||||
check that no old temp files were left behind (e.g.
|
check that no old temp files were left behind (e.g.
|
||||||
~/.viminf*) and that you can write in the directory of
|
~/.viminf*) and that you can write in the directory of
|
||||||
the .viminfo file.
|
the .viminfo file.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ol* *:oldfiles*
|
*:ol* *:oldfiles*
|
||||||
:ol[dfiles] List the files that have marks stored in the viminfo
|
:ol[dfiles] List the files that have marks stored in the viminfo
|
||||||
@ -1681,8 +1658,7 @@ most of the information will be restored).
|
|||||||
The output can be filtered with |:filter|, e.g.: >
|
The output can be filtered with |:filter|, e.g.: >
|
||||||
filter /\.vim/ oldfiles
|
filter /\.vim/ oldfiles
|
||||||
< The filtering happens on the file name.
|
< The filtering happens on the file name.
|
||||||
{not in Vi, only when compiled with the |+eval|
|
{only when compiled with the |+eval| feature}
|
||||||
feature}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:bro[wse] ol[dfiles][!]
|
:bro[wse] ol[dfiles][!]
|
||||||
List file names as with |:oldfiles|, and then prompt
|
List file names as with |:oldfiles|, and then prompt
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*tabpage.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Mar 29
|
*tabpage.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ when used in combination with more than one tab page.
|
|||||||
4. Setting 'tabline' |setting-tabline|
|
4. Setting 'tabline' |setting-tabline|
|
||||||
5. Setting 'guitablabel' |setting-guitablabel|
|
5. Setting 'guitablabel' |setting-guitablabel|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
{not able to use multiple tab pages when the |+windows| feature was disabled
|
{not able to use multiple tab pages when the |+windows| feature was disabled
|
||||||
at compile time}
|
at compile time}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -289,7 +288,6 @@ LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
|
|||||||
current tab page.
|
current tab page.
|
||||||
{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
|
{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
|
||||||
{cmd} must not open or close tab pages or reorder them.
|
{cmd} must not open or close tab pages or reorder them.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
Also see |:windo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, |:cfdo|
|
Also see |:windo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, |:cfdo|
|
||||||
and |:lfdo|
|
and |:lfdo|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1075,6 +1075,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX vi_diff.txt /*$VIM_POSIX*
|
|||||||
'tag' options.txt /*'tag'*
|
'tag' options.txt /*'tag'*
|
||||||
'tagbsearch' options.txt /*'tagbsearch'*
|
'tagbsearch' options.txt /*'tagbsearch'*
|
||||||
'tagcase' options.txt /*'tagcase'*
|
'tagcase' options.txt /*'tagcase'*
|
||||||
|
'tagfunc' options.txt /*'tagfunc'*
|
||||||
'taglength' options.txt /*'taglength'*
|
'taglength' options.txt /*'taglength'*
|
||||||
'tagrelative' options.txt /*'tagrelative'*
|
'tagrelative' options.txt /*'tagrelative'*
|
||||||
'tags' options.txt /*'tags'*
|
'tags' options.txt /*'tags'*
|
||||||
@ -1101,6 +1102,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX vi_diff.txt /*$VIM_POSIX*
|
|||||||
'textmode' options.txt /*'textmode'*
|
'textmode' options.txt /*'textmode'*
|
||||||
'textwidth' options.txt /*'textwidth'*
|
'textwidth' options.txt /*'textwidth'*
|
||||||
'tf' options.txt /*'tf'*
|
'tf' options.txt /*'tf'*
|
||||||
|
'tfu' options.txt /*'tfu'*
|
||||||
'tgc' options.txt /*'tgc'*
|
'tgc' options.txt /*'tgc'*
|
||||||
'tgst' options.txt /*'tgst'*
|
'tgst' options.txt /*'tgst'*
|
||||||
'thesaurus' options.txt /*'thesaurus'*
|
'thesaurus' options.txt /*'thesaurus'*
|
||||||
@ -2133,17 +2135,25 @@ $VIM_POSIX vi_diff.txt /*$VIM_POSIX*
|
|||||||
:cabbrev map.txt /*:cabbrev*
|
:cabbrev map.txt /*:cabbrev*
|
||||||
:cabc map.txt /*:cabc*
|
:cabc map.txt /*:cabc*
|
||||||
:cabclear map.txt /*:cabclear*
|
:cabclear map.txt /*:cabclear*
|
||||||
|
:cabo quickfix.txt /*:cabo*
|
||||||
|
:cabove quickfix.txt /*:cabove*
|
||||||
:cad quickfix.txt /*:cad*
|
:cad quickfix.txt /*:cad*
|
||||||
:caddbuffer quickfix.txt /*:caddbuffer*
|
:caddbuffer quickfix.txt /*:caddbuffer*
|
||||||
:cadde quickfix.txt /*:cadde*
|
:cadde quickfix.txt /*:cadde*
|
||||||
:caddexpr quickfix.txt /*:caddexpr*
|
:caddexpr quickfix.txt /*:caddexpr*
|
||||||
:caddf quickfix.txt /*:caddf*
|
:caddf quickfix.txt /*:caddf*
|
||||||
:caddfile quickfix.txt /*:caddfile*
|
:caddfile quickfix.txt /*:caddfile*
|
||||||
|
:caf quickfix.txt /*:caf*
|
||||||
|
:cafter quickfix.txt /*:cafter*
|
||||||
:cal eval.txt /*:cal*
|
:cal eval.txt /*:cal*
|
||||||
:call eval.txt /*:call*
|
:call eval.txt /*:call*
|
||||||
:cat eval.txt /*:cat*
|
:cat eval.txt /*:cat*
|
||||||
:catch eval.txt /*:catch*
|
:catch eval.txt /*:catch*
|
||||||
:cb quickfix.txt /*:cb*
|
:cb quickfix.txt /*:cb*
|
||||||
|
:cbe quickfix.txt /*:cbe*
|
||||||
|
:cbe quickfix.txt /*:cbe*
|
||||||
|
:cbefore quickfix.txt /*:cbefore*
|
||||||
|
:cbelow quickfix.txt /*:cbelow*
|
||||||
:cbo quickfix.txt /*:cbo*
|
:cbo quickfix.txt /*:cbo*
|
||||||
:cbottom quickfix.txt /*:cbottom*
|
:cbottom quickfix.txt /*:cbottom*
|
||||||
:cbuffer quickfix.txt /*:cbuffer*
|
:cbuffer quickfix.txt /*:cbuffer*
|
||||||
@ -2491,12 +2501,16 @@ $VIM_POSIX vi_diff.txt /*$VIM_POSIX*
|
|||||||
:lNf quickfix.txt /*:lNf*
|
:lNf quickfix.txt /*:lNf*
|
||||||
:lNfile quickfix.txt /*:lNfile*
|
:lNfile quickfix.txt /*:lNfile*
|
||||||
:la editing.txt /*:la*
|
:la editing.txt /*:la*
|
||||||
|
:lab quickfix.txt /*:lab*
|
||||||
|
:labove quickfix.txt /*:labove*
|
||||||
:lad quickfix.txt /*:lad*
|
:lad quickfix.txt /*:lad*
|
||||||
:laddb quickfix.txt /*:laddb*
|
:laddb quickfix.txt /*:laddb*
|
||||||
:laddbuffer quickfix.txt /*:laddbuffer*
|
:laddbuffer quickfix.txt /*:laddbuffer*
|
||||||
:laddexpr quickfix.txt /*:laddexpr*
|
:laddexpr quickfix.txt /*:laddexpr*
|
||||||
:laddf quickfix.txt /*:laddf*
|
:laddf quickfix.txt /*:laddf*
|
||||||
:laddfile quickfix.txt /*:laddfile*
|
:laddfile quickfix.txt /*:laddfile*
|
||||||
|
:laf quickfix.txt /*:laf*
|
||||||
|
:lafter quickfix.txt /*:lafter*
|
||||||
:lan mlang.txt /*:lan*
|
:lan mlang.txt /*:lan*
|
||||||
:lang mlang.txt /*:lang*
|
:lang mlang.txt /*:lang*
|
||||||
:language mlang.txt /*:language*
|
:language mlang.txt /*:language*
|
||||||
@ -2504,6 +2518,10 @@ $VIM_POSIX vi_diff.txt /*$VIM_POSIX*
|
|||||||
:lat undo.txt /*:lat*
|
:lat undo.txt /*:lat*
|
||||||
:later undo.txt /*:later*
|
:later undo.txt /*:later*
|
||||||
:lb quickfix.txt /*:lb*
|
:lb quickfix.txt /*:lb*
|
||||||
|
:lbef quickfix.txt /*:lbef*
|
||||||
|
:lbefore quickfix.txt /*:lbefore*
|
||||||
|
:lbel quickfix.txt /*:lbel*
|
||||||
|
:lbelow quickfix.txt /*:lbelow*
|
||||||
:lbo quickfix.txt /*:lbo*
|
:lbo quickfix.txt /*:lbo*
|
||||||
:lbottom quickfix.txt /*:lbottom*
|
:lbottom quickfix.txt /*:lbottom*
|
||||||
:lbuffer quickfix.txt /*:lbuffer*
|
:lbuffer quickfix.txt /*:lbuffer*
|
||||||
@ -3185,6 +3203,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX vi_diff.txt /*$VIM_POSIX*
|
|||||||
:tag tagsrch.txt /*:tag*
|
:tag tagsrch.txt /*:tag*
|
||||||
:tags tagsrch.txt /*:tags*
|
:tags tagsrch.txt /*:tags*
|
||||||
:tc if_tcl.txt /*:tc*
|
:tc if_tcl.txt /*:tc*
|
||||||
|
:tcd editing.txt /*:tcd*
|
||||||
|
:tch editing.txt /*:tch*
|
||||||
|
:tchdir editing.txt /*:tchdir*
|
||||||
:tcl if_tcl.txt /*:tcl*
|
:tcl if_tcl.txt /*:tcl*
|
||||||
:tcld if_tcl.txt /*:tcld*
|
:tcld if_tcl.txt /*:tcld*
|
||||||
:tcldo if_tcl.txt /*:tcldo*
|
:tcldo if_tcl.txt /*:tcldo*
|
||||||
@ -3918,7 +3939,7 @@ E232 message.txt /*E232*
|
|||||||
E233 gui.txt /*E233*
|
E233 gui.txt /*E233*
|
||||||
E234 options.txt /*E234*
|
E234 options.txt /*E234*
|
||||||
E235 options.txt /*E235*
|
E235 options.txt /*E235*
|
||||||
E236 options.txt /*E236*
|
E236 gui.txt /*E236*
|
||||||
E237 print.txt /*E237*
|
E237 print.txt /*E237*
|
||||||
E238 print.txt /*E238*
|
E238 print.txt /*E238*
|
||||||
E239 sign.txt /*E239*
|
E239 sign.txt /*E239*
|
||||||
@ -3926,8 +3947,8 @@ E24 message.txt /*E24*
|
|||||||
E240 remote.txt /*E240*
|
E240 remote.txt /*E240*
|
||||||
E241 eval.txt /*E241*
|
E241 eval.txt /*E241*
|
||||||
E243 if_ole.txt /*E243*
|
E243 if_ole.txt /*E243*
|
||||||
E244 options.txt /*E244*
|
E244 gui.txt /*E244*
|
||||||
E245 options.txt /*E245*
|
E245 gui.txt /*E245*
|
||||||
E246 autocmd.txt /*E246*
|
E246 autocmd.txt /*E246*
|
||||||
E247 remote.txt /*E247*
|
E247 remote.txt /*E247*
|
||||||
E248 remote.txt /*E248*
|
E248 remote.txt /*E248*
|
||||||
@ -4699,6 +4720,9 @@ E982 terminal.txt /*E982*
|
|||||||
E983 message.txt /*E983*
|
E983 message.txt /*E983*
|
||||||
E984 repeat.txt /*E984*
|
E984 repeat.txt /*E984*
|
||||||
E985 eval.txt /*E985*
|
E985 eval.txt /*E985*
|
||||||
|
E986 tagsrch.txt /*E986*
|
||||||
|
E987 tagsrch.txt /*E987*
|
||||||
|
E988 gui_w32.txt /*E988*
|
||||||
E99 diff.txt /*E99*
|
E99 diff.txt /*E99*
|
||||||
E999 repeat.txt /*E999*
|
E999 repeat.txt /*E999*
|
||||||
EX intro.txt /*EX*
|
EX intro.txt /*EX*
|
||||||
@ -6824,6 +6848,8 @@ gui-IME gui.txt /*gui-IME*
|
|||||||
gui-clipboard gui_w32.txt /*gui-clipboard*
|
gui-clipboard gui_w32.txt /*gui-clipboard*
|
||||||
gui-colors syntax.txt /*gui-colors*
|
gui-colors syntax.txt /*gui-colors*
|
||||||
gui-extras gui.txt /*gui-extras*
|
gui-extras gui.txt /*gui-extras*
|
||||||
|
gui-font gui.txt /*gui-font*
|
||||||
|
gui-fontwide gui.txt /*gui-fontwide*
|
||||||
gui-footer debugger.txt /*gui-footer*
|
gui-footer debugger.txt /*gui-footer*
|
||||||
gui-fork gui_x11.txt /*gui-fork*
|
gui-fork gui_x11.txt /*gui-fork*
|
||||||
gui-functions usr_41.txt /*gui-functions*
|
gui-functions usr_41.txt /*gui-functions*
|
||||||
@ -6875,8 +6901,8 @@ gui-x11-various gui_x11.txt /*gui-x11-various*
|
|||||||
gui.txt gui.txt /*gui.txt*
|
gui.txt gui.txt /*gui.txt*
|
||||||
gui_w32.txt gui_w32.txt /*gui_w32.txt*
|
gui_w32.txt gui_w32.txt /*gui_w32.txt*
|
||||||
gui_x11.txt gui_x11.txt /*gui_x11.txt*
|
gui_x11.txt gui_x11.txt /*gui_x11.txt*
|
||||||
guifontwide_gtk options.txt /*guifontwide_gtk*
|
guifontwide_gtk gui.txt /*guifontwide_gtk*
|
||||||
guifontwide_win_mbyte options.txt /*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
|
guifontwide_win_mbyte gui.txt /*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
|
||||||
guu change.txt /*guu*
|
guu change.txt /*guu*
|
||||||
gv visual.txt /*gv*
|
gv visual.txt /*gv*
|
||||||
gview starting.txt /*gview*
|
gview starting.txt /*gview*
|
||||||
@ -9049,6 +9075,7 @@ tag-binary-search tagsrch.txt /*tag-binary-search*
|
|||||||
tag-blocks motion.txt /*tag-blocks*
|
tag-blocks motion.txt /*tag-blocks*
|
||||||
tag-commands tagsrch.txt /*tag-commands*
|
tag-commands tagsrch.txt /*tag-commands*
|
||||||
tag-details tagsrch.txt /*tag-details*
|
tag-details tagsrch.txt /*tag-details*
|
||||||
|
tag-function tagsrch.txt /*tag-function*
|
||||||
tag-functions usr_41.txt /*tag-functions*
|
tag-functions usr_41.txt /*tag-functions*
|
||||||
tag-highlight syntax.txt /*tag-highlight*
|
tag-highlight syntax.txt /*tag-highlight*
|
||||||
tag-matchlist tagsrch.txt /*tag-matchlist*
|
tag-matchlist tagsrch.txt /*tag-matchlist*
|
||||||
@ -9226,6 +9253,7 @@ test_option_not_set() eval.txt /*test_option_not_set()*
|
|||||||
test_override() eval.txt /*test_override()*
|
test_override() eval.txt /*test_override()*
|
||||||
test_refcount() eval.txt /*test_refcount()*
|
test_refcount() eval.txt /*test_refcount()*
|
||||||
test_scrollbar() eval.txt /*test_scrollbar()*
|
test_scrollbar() eval.txt /*test_scrollbar()*
|
||||||
|
test_setmouse() eval.txt /*test_setmouse()*
|
||||||
test_settime() eval.txt /*test_settime()*
|
test_settime() eval.txt /*test_settime()*
|
||||||
testing eval.txt /*testing*
|
testing eval.txt /*testing*
|
||||||
testing-variable eval.txt /*testing-variable*
|
testing-variable eval.txt /*testing-variable*
|
||||||
@ -9624,6 +9652,7 @@ version8.1 version8.txt /*version8.1*
|
|||||||
version8.txt version8.txt /*version8.txt*
|
version8.txt version8.txt /*version8.txt*
|
||||||
vi intro.txt /*vi*
|
vi intro.txt /*vi*
|
||||||
vi-differences vi_diff.txt /*vi-differences*
|
vi-differences vi_diff.txt /*vi-differences*
|
||||||
|
vi-features vi_diff.txt /*vi-features*
|
||||||
vi: options.txt /*vi:*
|
vi: options.txt /*vi:*
|
||||||
vi_diff.txt vi_diff.txt /*vi_diff.txt*
|
vi_diff.txt vi_diff.txt /*vi_diff.txt*
|
||||||
vib motion.txt /*vib*
|
vib motion.txt /*vib*
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*tagsrch.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 28
|
*tagsrch.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ CTRL-] Jump to the definition of the keyword under the
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_CTRL-]*
|
*v_CTRL-]*
|
||||||
{Visual}CTRL-] Same as ":tag {name}", where {name} is the text that
|
{Visual}CTRL-] Same as ":tag {name}", where {name} is the text that
|
||||||
is highlighted. {not in Vi}
|
is highlighted.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*telnet-CTRL-]*
|
*telnet-CTRL-]*
|
||||||
CTRL-] is the default telnet escape key. When you type CTRL-] to jump to a
|
CTRL-] is the default telnet escape key. When you type CTRL-] to jump to a
|
||||||
@ -112,18 +112,18 @@ Tags are only pushed onto the stack when the 'tagstack' option is set.
|
|||||||
g<RightMouse> *g<RightMouse>*
|
g<RightMouse> *g<RightMouse>*
|
||||||
<C-RightMouse> *<C-RightMouse>* *CTRL-T*
|
<C-RightMouse> *<C-RightMouse>* *CTRL-T*
|
||||||
CTRL-T Jump to [count] older entry in the tag stack
|
CTRL-T Jump to [count] older entry in the tag stack
|
||||||
(default 1). {not in Vi}
|
(default 1).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:po* *:pop* *E555* *E556*
|
*:po* *:pop* *E555* *E556*
|
||||||
:[count]po[p][!] Jump to [count] older entry in tag stack (default 1).
|
:[count]po[p][!] Jump to [count] older entry in tag stack (default 1).
|
||||||
See |tag-!| for [!]. {not in Vi}
|
See |tag-!| for [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:[count]ta[g][!] Jump to [count] newer entry in tag stack (default 1).
|
:[count]ta[g][!] Jump to [count] newer entry in tag stack (default 1).
|
||||||
See |tag-!| for [!]. {not in Vi}
|
See |tag-!| for [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:tags*
|
*:tags*
|
||||||
:tags Show the contents of the tag stack. The active
|
:tags Show the contents of the tag stack. The active
|
||||||
entry is marked with a '>'. {not in Vi}
|
entry is marked with a '>'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The output of ":tags" looks like this:
|
The output of ":tags" looks like this:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ the same entry.
|
|||||||
the current position in the list (if there is one).
|
the current position in the list (if there is one).
|
||||||
[name] can be a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|.
|
[name] can be a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|.
|
||||||
See |tag-priority| for the priorities used in the
|
See |tag-priority| for the priorities used in the
|
||||||
listing. {not in Vi}
|
listing.
|
||||||
Example output:
|
Example output:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>
|
>
|
||||||
@ -231,54 +231,50 @@ the same entry.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*:sts* *:stselect*
|
*:sts* *:stselect*
|
||||||
:sts[elect][!] [name] Does ":tselect[!] [name]" and splits the window for
|
:sts[elect][!] [name] Does ":tselect[!] [name]" and splits the window for
|
||||||
the selected tag. {not in Vi}
|
the selected tag.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g]*
|
*g]*
|
||||||
g] Like CTRL-], but use ":tselect" instead of ":tag".
|
g] Like CTRL-], but use ":tselect" instead of ":tag".
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_g]*
|
*v_g]*
|
||||||
{Visual}g] Same as "g]", but use the highlighted text as the
|
{Visual}g] Same as "g]", but use the highlighted text as the
|
||||||
identifier. {not in Vi}
|
identifier.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:tj* *:tjump*
|
*:tj* *:tjump*
|
||||||
:tj[ump][!] [name] Like ":tselect", but jump to the tag directly when
|
:tj[ump][!] [name] Like ":tselect", but jump to the tag directly when
|
||||||
there is only one match. {not in Vi}
|
there is only one match.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:stj* *:stjump*
|
*:stj* *:stjump*
|
||||||
:stj[ump][!] [name] Does ":tjump[!] [name]" and splits the window for the
|
:stj[ump][!] [name] Does ":tjump[!] [name]" and splits the window for the
|
||||||
selected tag. {not in Vi}
|
selected tag.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g_CTRL-]*
|
*g_CTRL-]*
|
||||||
g CTRL-] Like CTRL-], but use ":tjump" instead of ":tag".
|
g CTRL-] Like CTRL-], but use ":tjump" instead of ":tag".
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_g_CTRL-]*
|
*v_g_CTRL-]*
|
||||||
{Visual}g CTRL-] Same as "g CTRL-]", but use the highlighted text as
|
{Visual}g CTRL-] Same as "g CTRL-]", but use the highlighted text as
|
||||||
the identifier. {not in Vi}
|
the identifier.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:tn* *:tnext*
|
*:tn* *:tnext*
|
||||||
:[count]tn[ext][!] Jump to [count] next matching tag (default 1). See
|
:[count]tn[ext][!] Jump to [count] next matching tag (default 1). See
|
||||||
|tag-!| for [!]. {not in Vi}
|
|tag-!| for [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:tp* *:tprevious*
|
*:tp* *:tprevious*
|
||||||
:[count]tp[revious][!] Jump to [count] previous matching tag (default 1).
|
:[count]tp[revious][!] Jump to [count] previous matching tag (default 1).
|
||||||
See |tag-!| for [!]. {not in Vi}
|
See |tag-!| for [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:tN* *:tNext*
|
*:tN* *:tNext*
|
||||||
:[count]tN[ext][!] Same as ":tprevious". {not in Vi}
|
:[count]tN[ext][!] Same as ":tprevious".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:tr* *:trewind*
|
*:tr* *:trewind*
|
||||||
:[count]tr[ewind][!] Jump to first matching tag. If [count] is given, jump
|
:[count]tr[ewind][!] Jump to first matching tag. If [count] is given, jump
|
||||||
to [count]th matching tag. See |tag-!| for [!]. {not
|
to [count]th matching tag. See |tag-!| for [!].
|
||||||
in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:tf* *:tfirst*
|
*:tf* *:tfirst*
|
||||||
:[count]tf[irst][!] Same as ":trewind". {not in Vi}
|
:[count]tf[irst][!] Same as ":trewind".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:tl* *:tlast*
|
*:tl* *:tlast*
|
||||||
:tl[ast][!] Jump to last matching tag. See |tag-!| for [!]. {not
|
:tl[ast][!] Jump to last matching tag. See |tag-!| for [!].
|
||||||
in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:lt* *:ltag*
|
*:lt* *:ltag*
|
||||||
:lt[ag][!] [name] Jump to tag [name] and add the matching tags to a new
|
:lt[ag][!] [name] Jump to tag [name] and add the matching tags to a new
|
||||||
@ -290,7 +286,6 @@ g CTRL-] Like CTRL-], but use ":tjump" instead of ":tag".
|
|||||||
characters (very nomagic). The location list showing
|
characters (very nomagic). The location list showing
|
||||||
the matching tags is independent of the tag stack.
|
the matching tags is independent of the tag stack.
|
||||||
See |tag-!| for [!].
|
See |tag-!| for [!].
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When there is no other message, Vim shows which matching tag has been jumped
|
When there is no other message, Vim shows which matching tag has been jumped
|
||||||
to, and the number of matching tags: >
|
to, and the number of matching tags: >
|
||||||
@ -317,34 +312,28 @@ the same as above, with a "p" prepended.
|
|||||||
*:pts* *:ptselect*
|
*:pts* *:ptselect*
|
||||||
:pts[elect][!] [name] Does ":tselect[!] [name]" and shows the new tag in a
|
:pts[elect][!] [name] Does ":tselect[!] [name]" and shows the new tag in a
|
||||||
"Preview" window. See |:ptag| for more info.
|
"Preview" window. See |:ptag| for more info.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ptj* *:ptjump*
|
*:ptj* *:ptjump*
|
||||||
:ptj[ump][!] [name] Does ":tjump[!] [name]" and shows the new tag in a
|
:ptj[ump][!] [name] Does ":tjump[!] [name]" and shows the new tag in a
|
||||||
"Preview" window. See |:ptag| for more info.
|
"Preview" window. See |:ptag| for more info.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ptn* *:ptnext*
|
*:ptn* *:ptnext*
|
||||||
:[count]ptn[ext][!] ":tnext" in the preview window. See |:ptag|.
|
:[count]ptn[ext][!] ":tnext" in the preview window. See |:ptag|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ptp* *:ptprevious*
|
*:ptp* *:ptprevious*
|
||||||
:[count]ptp[revious][!] ":tprevious" in the preview window. See |:ptag|.
|
:[count]ptp[revious][!] ":tprevious" in the preview window. See |:ptag|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ptN* *:ptNext*
|
*:ptN* *:ptNext*
|
||||||
:[count]ptN[ext][!] Same as ":ptprevious". {not in Vi}
|
:[count]ptN[ext][!] Same as ":ptprevious".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ptr* *:ptrewind*
|
*:ptr* *:ptrewind*
|
||||||
:[count]ptr[ewind][!] ":trewind" in the preview window. See |:ptag|.
|
:[count]ptr[ewind][!] ":trewind" in the preview window. See |:ptag|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ptf* *:ptfirst*
|
*:ptf* *:ptfirst*
|
||||||
:[count]ptf[irst][!] Same as ":ptrewind". {not in Vi}
|
:[count]ptf[irst][!] Same as ":ptrewind".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ptl* *:ptlast*
|
*:ptl* *:ptlast*
|
||||||
:ptl[ast][!] ":tlast" in the preview window. See |:ptag|.
|
:ptl[ast][!] ":tlast" in the preview window. See |:ptag|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
4. Tags details *tag-details*
|
4. Tags details *tag-details*
|
||||||
@ -630,10 +619,7 @@ If the command is a normal search command (it starts and ends with "/" or
|
|||||||
"?"), some special handling is done:
|
"?"), some special handling is done:
|
||||||
- Searching starts on line 1 of the file.
|
- Searching starts on line 1 of the file.
|
||||||
The direction of the search is forward for "/", backward for "?".
|
The direction of the search is forward for "/", backward for "?".
|
||||||
Note that 'wrapscan' does not matter, the whole file is always searched. (Vi
|
Note that 'wrapscan' does not matter, the whole file is always searched.
|
||||||
does use 'wrapscan', which caused tags sometimes not be found.) {Vi starts
|
|
||||||
searching in line 2 of another file. It does not find a tag in line 1 of
|
|
||||||
another file when 'wrapscan' is not set}
|
|
||||||
- If the search fails, another try is done ignoring case. If that fails too,
|
- If the search fails, another try is done ignoring case. If that fails too,
|
||||||
a search is done for:
|
a search is done for:
|
||||||
"^tagname[ \t]*("
|
"^tagname[ \t]*("
|
||||||
@ -644,7 +630,7 @@ If the command is a normal search command (it starts and ends with "/" or
|
|||||||
"^[#a-zA-Z_].*\<tagname[ \t]*("
|
"^[#a-zA-Z_].*\<tagname[ \t]*("
|
||||||
This means: A line starting with '#' or an identifier and containing the tag
|
This means: A line starting with '#' or an identifier and containing the tag
|
||||||
followed by white space and a '('. This will find macro names and function
|
followed by white space and a '('. This will find macro names and function
|
||||||
names with a type prepended. {the extra searches are not in Vi}
|
names with a type prepended.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*tag-old-static*
|
*tag-old-static*
|
||||||
@ -720,33 +706,31 @@ mapping to do that for you. Here is an example: >
|
|||||||
of the file. Lines that look like a comment are
|
of the file. Lines that look like a comment are
|
||||||
ignored (see 'comments' option). If a count is given,
|
ignored (see 'comments' option). If a count is given,
|
||||||
the count'th matching line is displayed, and comment
|
the count'th matching line is displayed, and comment
|
||||||
lines are not ignored. {not in Vi}
|
lines are not ignored.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*]i*
|
*]i*
|
||||||
]i like "[i", but start at the current cursor position.
|
]i like "[i", but start at the current cursor position.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:is* *:isearch*
|
*:is* *:isearch*
|
||||||
:[range]is[earch][!] [count] [/]pattern[/]
|
:[range]is[earch][!] [count] [/]pattern[/]
|
||||||
Like "[i" and "]i", but search in [range] lines
|
Like "[i" and "]i", but search in [range] lines
|
||||||
(default: whole file).
|
(default: whole file).
|
||||||
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi}
|
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*[I*
|
*[I*
|
||||||
[I Display all lines that contain the keyword under the
|
[I Display all lines that contain the keyword under the
|
||||||
cursor. Filenames and line numbers are displayed
|
cursor. Filenames and line numbers are displayed
|
||||||
for the found lines. The search starts at the
|
for the found lines. The search starts at the
|
||||||
beginning of the file. {not in Vi}
|
beginning of the file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*]I*
|
*]I*
|
||||||
]I like "[I", but start at the current cursor position.
|
]I like "[I", but start at the current cursor position.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:il* *:ilist*
|
*:il* *:ilist*
|
||||||
:[range]il[ist][!] [/]pattern[/]
|
:[range]il[ist][!] [/]pattern[/]
|
||||||
Like "[I" and "]I", but search in [range] lines
|
Like "[I" and "]I", but search in [range] lines
|
||||||
(default: whole file).
|
(default: whole file).
|
||||||
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi}
|
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*[_CTRL-I*
|
*[_CTRL-I*
|
||||||
[ CTRL-I Jump to the first line that contains the keyword
|
[ CTRL-I Jump to the first line that contains the keyword
|
||||||
@ -754,17 +738,17 @@ mapping to do that for you. Here is an example: >
|
|||||||
of the file. Lines that look like a comment are
|
of the file. Lines that look like a comment are
|
||||||
ignored (see 'comments' option). If a count is given,
|
ignored (see 'comments' option). If a count is given,
|
||||||
the count'th matching line is jumped to, and comment
|
the count'th matching line is jumped to, and comment
|
||||||
lines are not ignored. {not in Vi}
|
lines are not ignored.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*]_CTRL-I*
|
*]_CTRL-I*
|
||||||
] CTRL-I like "[ CTRL-I", but start at the current cursor
|
] CTRL-I like "[ CTRL-I", but start at the current cursor
|
||||||
position. {not in Vi}
|
position.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ij* *:ijump*
|
*:ij* *:ijump*
|
||||||
:[range]ij[ump][!] [count] [/]pattern[/]
|
:[range]ij[ump][!] [count] [/]pattern[/]
|
||||||
Like "[ CTRL-I" and "] CTRL-I", but search in
|
Like "[ CTRL-I" and "] CTRL-I", but search in
|
||||||
[range] lines (default: whole file).
|
[range] lines (default: whole file).
|
||||||
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi}
|
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-W CTRL-I *CTRL-W_CTRL-I* *CTRL-W_i*
|
CTRL-W CTRL-I *CTRL-W_CTRL-I* *CTRL-W_i*
|
||||||
CTRL-W i Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line
|
CTRL-W i Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line
|
||||||
@ -773,45 +757,43 @@ CTRL-W i Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line
|
|||||||
that look like a comment line are ignored (see
|
that look like a comment line are ignored (see
|
||||||
'comments' option). If a count is given, the count'th
|
'comments' option). If a count is given, the count'th
|
||||||
matching line is jumped to, and comment lines are not
|
matching line is jumped to, and comment lines are not
|
||||||
ignored. {not in Vi}
|
ignored.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:isp* *:isplit*
|
*:isp* *:isplit*
|
||||||
:[range]isp[lit][!] [count] [/]pattern[/]
|
:[range]isp[lit][!] [count] [/]pattern[/]
|
||||||
Like "CTRL-W i" and "CTRL-W i", but search in
|
Like "CTRL-W i" and "CTRL-W i", but search in
|
||||||
[range] lines (default: whole file).
|
[range] lines (default: whole file).
|
||||||
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi}
|
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*[d*
|
*[d*
|
||||||
[d Display the first macro definition that contains the
|
[d Display the first macro definition that contains the
|
||||||
macro under the cursor. The search starts from the
|
macro under the cursor. The search starts from the
|
||||||
beginning of the file. If a count is given, the
|
beginning of the file. If a count is given, the
|
||||||
count'th matching line is displayed. {not in Vi}
|
count'th matching line is displayed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*]d*
|
*]d*
|
||||||
]d like "[d", but start at the current cursor position.
|
]d like "[d", but start at the current cursor position.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:ds* *:dsearch*
|
*:ds* *:dsearch*
|
||||||
:[range]ds[earch][!] [count] [/]string[/]
|
:[range]ds[earch][!] [count] [/]string[/]
|
||||||
Like "[d" and "]d", but search in [range] lines
|
Like "[d" and "]d", but search in [range] lines
|
||||||
(default: whole file).
|
(default: whole file).
|
||||||
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi}
|
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*[D*
|
*[D*
|
||||||
[D Display all macro definitions that contain the macro
|
[D Display all macro definitions that contain the macro
|
||||||
under the cursor. Filenames and line numbers are
|
under the cursor. Filenames and line numbers are
|
||||||
displayed for the found lines. The search starts
|
displayed for the found lines. The search starts
|
||||||
from the beginning of the file. {not in Vi}
|
from the beginning of the file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*]D*
|
*]D*
|
||||||
]D like "[D", but start at the current cursor position.
|
]D like "[D", but start at the current cursor position.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:dli* *:dlist*
|
*:dli* *:dlist*
|
||||||
:[range]dli[st][!] [/]string[/]
|
:[range]dli[st][!] [/]string[/]
|
||||||
Like `[D` and `]D`, but search in [range] lines
|
Like `[D` and `]D`, but search in [range] lines
|
||||||
(default: whole file).
|
(default: whole file).
|
||||||
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi}
|
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].
|
||||||
Note that `:dl` works like `:delete` with the "l"
|
Note that `:dl` works like `:delete` with the "l"
|
||||||
flag, not `:dlist`.
|
flag, not `:dlist`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -819,36 +801,35 @@ CTRL-W i Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line
|
|||||||
[ CTRL-D Jump to the first macro definition that contains the
|
[ CTRL-D Jump to the first macro definition that contains the
|
||||||
keyword under the cursor. The search starts from
|
keyword under the cursor. The search starts from
|
||||||
the beginning of the file. If a count is given, the
|
the beginning of the file. If a count is given, the
|
||||||
count'th matching line is jumped to. {not in Vi}
|
count'th matching line is jumped to.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*]_CTRL-D*
|
*]_CTRL-D*
|
||||||
] CTRL-D like "[ CTRL-D", but start at the current cursor
|
] CTRL-D like "[ CTRL-D", but start at the current cursor
|
||||||
position. {not in Vi}
|
position.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:dj* *:djump*
|
*:dj* *:djump*
|
||||||
:[range]dj[ump][!] [count] [/]string[/]
|
:[range]dj[ump][!] [count] [/]string[/]
|
||||||
Like "[ CTRL-D" and "] CTRL-D", but search in
|
Like "[ CTRL-D" and "] CTRL-D", but search in
|
||||||
[range] lines (default: whole file).
|
[range] lines (default: whole file).
|
||||||
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi}
|
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-W CTRL-D *CTRL-W_CTRL-D* *CTRL-W_d*
|
CTRL-W CTRL-D *CTRL-W_CTRL-D* *CTRL-W_d*
|
||||||
CTRL-W d Open a new window, with the cursor on the first
|
CTRL-W d Open a new window, with the cursor on the first
|
||||||
macro definition line that contains the keyword
|
macro definition line that contains the keyword
|
||||||
under the cursor. The search starts from the
|
under the cursor. The search starts from the
|
||||||
beginning of the file. If a count is given, the
|
beginning of the file. If a count is given, the
|
||||||
count'th matching line is jumped to. {not in Vi}
|
count'th matching line is jumped to.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:dsp* *:dsplit*
|
*:dsp* *:dsplit*
|
||||||
:[range]dsp[lit][!] [count] [/]string[/]
|
:[range]dsp[lit][!] [count] [/]string[/]
|
||||||
Like "CTRL-W d", but search in [range] lines
|
Like "CTRL-W d", but search in [range] lines
|
||||||
(default: whole file).
|
(default: whole file).
|
||||||
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi}
|
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:che* *:checkpath*
|
*:che* *:checkpath*
|
||||||
:che[ckpath] List all the included files that could not be found.
|
:che[ckpath] List all the included files that could not be found.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:che[ckpath]! List all the included files. {not in Vi}
|
:che[ckpath]! List all the included files.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:search-args*
|
*:search-args*
|
||||||
Common arguments for the commands above:
|
Common arguments for the commands above:
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*terminal.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 25
|
*terminal.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -42,7 +42,6 @@ If the result is "1" you have it.
|
|||||||
Communication |termdebug-communication|
|
Communication |termdebug-communication|
|
||||||
Customizing |termdebug-customizing|
|
Customizing |termdebug-customizing|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
|
{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
|
||||||
The terminal feature requires the |+job| and |+channel| features.
|
The terminal feature requires the |+job| and |+channel| features.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ What is not working yet:
|
|||||||
3. When text changes |text-prop-changes|
|
3. When text changes |text-prop-changes|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have text properties}
|
|
||||||
{not able to use text properties when the |+textprop| feature was
|
{not able to use text properties when the |+textprop| feature was
|
||||||
disabled at compile time}
|
disabled at compile time}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*todo.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 20
|
*todo.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -145,6 +145,9 @@ Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Problem with :tlmenu: Detach item added with all modes? Issue #3563.
|
Problem with :tlmenu: Detach item added with all modes? Issue #3563.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The quoting of the [command] argument of :terminal is not clearly documented.
|
||||||
|
Give a few examples. (#4288)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Bug: script written with "-W scriptout" contains Key codes, while the script
|
Bug: script written with "-W scriptout" contains Key codes, while the script
|
||||||
read with "-s scriptin" expects escape codes. Probably "scriptout" needs to
|
read with "-s scriptin" expects escape codes. Probably "scriptout" needs to
|
||||||
be adjusted. (Daniel Steinberg, 2019 Feb 24, #4041)
|
be adjusted. (Daniel Steinberg, 2019 Feb 24, #4041)
|
||||||
@ -165,9 +168,27 @@ Support setting the character displayed below the last line? Neovim uses
|
|||||||
Check: __attribute__((format(printf, on semsg() and siemsg(). Where was this
|
Check: __attribute__((format(printf, on semsg() and siemsg(). Where was this
|
||||||
added?
|
added?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Add test for urxvt mouse codes. Also test that mouse coordinates can be
|
||||||
|
negative. (see #4326)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
'cmdheight' has a tab-local value, but it cannot be obtained with
|
||||||
|
`:echo gettabwinvar(2, 1, '&cmdheight')` returns the value for the _current_
|
||||||
|
tab page. (Ingo Karkat, #4324)
|
||||||
|
:call settabwinvar(1, 1, '&cmdheight', 2) also doesn't work well.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Add a chdir() function, which will set the window-local, tab-local or global
|
||||||
|
directory, first one that is currently used. Returns the current directory,
|
||||||
|
so that this works:
|
||||||
|
let save_dir = chdir('somewhere')
|
||||||
|
...
|
||||||
|
call chdir(save_dir)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This modeline throws unexpected errors: (#4165)
|
This modeline throws unexpected errors: (#4165)
|
||||||
vim: syn=nosyntax
|
vim: syn=nosyntax
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
":doau SomeEvent" gives "No matching autocommands". This message doesn't give
|
||||||
|
a hint about how to fix it. (#4300)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Make balloon_show() work outside of 'balloonexpr'? Users expect it to work:
|
Make balloon_show() work outside of 'balloonexpr'? Users expect it to work:
|
||||||
#2948. (related to #1512?)
|
#2948. (related to #1512?)
|
||||||
On Win32 it stops showing, because showState is already ShS_SHOWING.
|
On Win32 it stops showing, because showState is already ShS_SHOWING.
|
||||||
@ -184,6 +205,9 @@ https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/alerts/?mode=list
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Still a E315 error when using terminal. (Masato Nishihata, #3959)
|
Still a E315 error when using terminal. (Masato Nishihata, #3959)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Use dict_iterate_start() / dict_iterate_next() instead of relying on the
|
||||||
|
internals of the dict structure.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
|
Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
|
||||||
manager. Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
|
manager. Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
|
||||||
Athena is OK.
|
Athena is OK.
|
||||||
@ -191,23 +215,6 @@ Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
nvo-mode mapping works on Windows, not on Linux. (#3678)
|
nvo-mode mapping works on Windows, not on Linux. (#3678)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to make Command-V use CTRL-R_CTRL-O* on Mac, like on Windows.
|
|
||||||
(Ken Takata, #4266)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
No test for NULL after allocating memory: #4174 (martinkunevtoptal does this?)
|
|
||||||
src/crypt.c line 256;
|
|
||||||
src/crypt_zip.c line 93;
|
|
||||||
src/gui_gtk_f.c line 132;
|
|
||||||
src/gui_gtk_x11 line 1578;
|
|
||||||
src/libvterm/src/state.c line 332;
|
|
||||||
src/libvterm/src/state.c line 255;
|
|
||||||
src/libvterm/src/state.c line 1618;
|
|
||||||
src/libvterm/src/state.c line 1643
|
|
||||||
src/libvterm/src/termscreen.c line 83;
|
|
||||||
src/ops.c line 6185;
|
|
||||||
src/option.c line 12980;
|
|
||||||
src/popupmnu.c line 1090;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Missing tests for:
|
Missing tests for:
|
||||||
- add_termcap_entry()
|
- add_termcap_entry()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -240,6 +247,9 @@ punctuation is repeated. (Smylers, 2018 Nov 17, #3621)
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
ml_get error: (Israel Chauca Fuentes, 2018 Oct 17, #3550).
|
ml_get error: (Israel Chauca Fuentes, 2018 Oct 17, #3550).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Using single wide base character with double wide composing character gives
|
||||||
|
drawing errors. Fill up the base character? (Dominique, #4328)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Problem with two buffers with the same name a/b, if it didn't exist before and
|
Problem with two buffers with the same name a/b, if it didn't exist before and
|
||||||
is created outside of Vim. (dskloetg, 2018 Jul 16, #3219)
|
is created outside of Vim. (dskloetg, 2018 Jul 16, #3219)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -258,63 +268,41 @@ When splitting a window with few text lines, the relative cursor position is
|
|||||||
kept, which means part of the text isn't displayed. Better show all the text
|
kept, which means part of the text isn't displayed. Better show all the text
|
||||||
when possible. (Dylan Lloyd, #3973)
|
when possible. (Dylan Lloyd, #3973)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to not recognize "version" as "v:version", "count" as "v:count".
|
|
||||||
Ken Takata, #4274.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to implement 'diffref' option. (#3535)
|
|
||||||
Easier to use a 'diffmaster' option, is the extra complexity needed?
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to fix that bracketed paste remains after Vim exits. (2018 Oct 30, #3579)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Make ":interactive !cmd" stop termcap mode, also when used in an autocommand.
|
Make ":interactive !cmd" stop termcap mode, also when used in an autocommand.
|
||||||
(#3692)
|
(#3692)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
cursorline highlighting not removed after yanking in Visual mode.
|
|
||||||
(Matéo Zanibelli, 2018 Oct 30, #3578)
|
|
||||||
Patch by Christian, Oct 30.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to clean up CI configs. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2019 Feb 1, #3890)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to filter marks. (Marcin Szamotulski, 2019 Feb 7, #3895)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to add environ(), gets a dict with all environment vars, and getenv(),
|
Patch to add environ(), gets a dict with all environment vars, and getenv(),
|
||||||
useful for environment vars that are not made of keyword chars.
|
useful for environment vars that are not made of keyword chars.
|
||||||
(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #2875)
|
(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #2875)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Add buffer argument to undotree(). (#4001)
|
Add buffer argument to undotree(). (#4001)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to add optional arguments with default values.
|
Patch to restore X11 connection. (#844)
|
||||||
(Andy Massimino, #3952) under development
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to add tab-local directories. (Yegappan, #4212)
|
Patch to add optional arguments with default values.
|
||||||
Good now?
|
(Andy Massimino, #3952) Needs to be reviewed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to add more info to OptionSet. Should mention what triggered the change
|
Patch to add more info to OptionSet. Should mention what triggered the change
|
||||||
":set", ":setlocal", ":setglobal", "modeline"; and the old global value.
|
":set", ":setlocal", ":setglobal", "modeline"; and the old global value.
|
||||||
#4118. Proposed implementation: 2019 Mar 27. Tests fail, help update
|
#4118. Proposed implementation: 2019 Mar 27.
|
||||||
missing. Updated 2019 Apr 9
|
Updated 2019 Apr 9: ASAN fails.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Problem with Visual yank when 'linebreak' and 'showbreak' are set.
|
Problem with Visual yank when 'linebreak' and 'showbreak' are set.
|
||||||
Patch with tests, but it's not clear how it is supposed to work. (tommm, 2018
|
Patch with tests, but it's not clear how it is supposed to work. (tommm, 2018
|
||||||
Nov 17) Asked about this, Dec 22. Christian will have a look.
|
Nov 17) Asked about this, Dec 22. Christian will have a look.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to add ruby cflags. (#4050, fixes #1081)
|
|
||||||
Needs modification.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch for larger icons in installer. (#978) Still not good.
|
Patch for larger icons in installer. (#978) Still not good.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to add tagfunc(). Cleaned up by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 22.
|
Patch to add commands to jump to quickfix entry above/below the cursor.
|
||||||
New update 2017 Apr 10, #1628
|
(Yegappan Lakshmanan, #4316) Also do :cbefore and :cafter.
|
||||||
https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-mq-patches/blob/master/tagfunc
|
|
||||||
Updated by Andy Massimino, 2018 Feb 7:
|
|
||||||
https://github.com/andymass/vim/commit/4e3aa0a5dab96d2799567622f3f537e357aa479e
|
|
||||||
Or should we make it asynchronous?
|
|
||||||
Patch by Andy Massimino: #4010 - needs a bit more work: produce errors when
|
|
||||||
something is wrong.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to fix that using "5gj" starting inside a closed fold does not work on
|
Patch to fix that using "5gj" starting inside a closed fold does not work on
|
||||||
screen lines but on text lines. (Julius Hulsmann, #4095) Lacks a test.
|
screen lines but on text lines. (Julius Hulsmann, #4095) Lacks a test.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Patch to implement 'diffref' option. (#3535)
|
||||||
|
Easier to use a 'diffmaster' option, is the extra complexity needed?
|
||||||
|
Not ready to include.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork())
|
Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork())
|
||||||
Using uninitialized value in test_crypt.
|
Using uninitialized value in test_crypt.
|
||||||
Memory leak in test_terminal:
|
Memory leak in test_terminal:
|
||||||
@ -331,9 +319,6 @@ Memory leak in test_alot with pyeval() (allocating partial)
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
gethostbyname() is old, use getaddrinfo() if available. (#3227)
|
gethostbyname() is old, use getaddrinfo() if available. (#3227)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to add match count and current index "3/44" when using "n" command.
|
|
||||||
(Christian Brabandt, on issue #453). Only when search string was typed?
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
matchaddpos() gets slow with many matches. Proposal by Rick Howe, 2018 Jul
|
matchaddpos() gets slow with many matches. Proposal by Rick Howe, 2018 Jul
|
||||||
19.
|
19.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -455,6 +440,11 @@ Update Sep 7. Update by Christian Brabandt, 2015 Sep 8, 2016 Feb 1.
|
|||||||
Patch to be able to disable default digraphs (incomplete) (Eric Pruitt, 2018
|
Patch to be able to disable default digraphs (incomplete) (Eric Pruitt, 2018
|
||||||
Nov 22).
|
Nov 22).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Patch to add digraph() function. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22, update Aug
|
||||||
|
24)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Try out background make plugin:
|
Try out background make plugin:
|
||||||
https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background
|
https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background
|
||||||
or asyncmake:
|
or asyncmake:
|
||||||
@ -712,10 +702,6 @@ The ++ options for the :edit command are also useful on the Vim command line.
|
|||||||
When recovering a file, put the swap file name in b:recovered_swapfile. Then
|
When recovering a file, put the swap file name in b:recovered_swapfile. Then
|
||||||
a command can delete it.
|
a command can delete it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When a swap file exists, is not for a running process, is from the same
|
|
||||||
machine and recovering results in the same text, we could silently delete it.
|
|
||||||
#1237
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Overlong utf-8 sequence is displayed wrong. (Harm te Hennepe, 2017 Sep 14,
|
Overlong utf-8 sequence is displayed wrong. (Harm te Hennepe, 2017 Sep 14,
|
||||||
#2089) Patch with possible solution by Björn Linse.
|
#2089) Patch with possible solution by Björn Linse.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -1019,6 +1005,8 @@ Regexp problems:
|
|||||||
time is spent in addstate_here() copying the threads. Instead of copying,
|
time is spent in addstate_here() copying the threads. Instead of copying,
|
||||||
let each thread point to the next one (by offset, the list is reallocated).
|
let each thread point to the next one (by offset, the list is reallocated).
|
||||||
(Dominique Pelle, 2019 Feb 18)
|
(Dominique Pelle, 2019 Feb 18)
|
||||||
|
- Old engine: using 'incsearch' /\Zabc does not highlight the "c" if it has a
|
||||||
|
composing character. New engine is OK. (Tony Mechelynck, 2019 May 5)
|
||||||
- When search pattern has the base character both with and without combining
|
- When search pattern has the base character both with and without combining
|
||||||
character, search fails. E.g. "รรีบ" in "การรีบรักใคร". (agguser, #2312)
|
character, search fails. E.g. "รรีบ" in "การรีบรักใคร". (agguser, #2312)
|
||||||
- [:space:] only matches ASCII spaces. Add [:white:] for all space-like
|
- [:space:] only matches ASCII spaces. Add [:white:] for all space-like
|
||||||
@ -1748,11 +1736,6 @@ When running Vim in silent ex mode, an existing swapfile causes Vim to wait
|
|||||||
for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
|
for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
|
||||||
Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
|
Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch to add digraph() function. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22, update Aug
|
|
||||||
24)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18)
|
Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Update Vim app icon (for Gnome). (Jakub Steiner, 2013 Dec 6)
|
Update Vim app icon (for Gnome). (Jakub Steiner, 2013 Dec 6)
|
||||||
@ -4010,7 +3993,8 @@ Folding:
|
|||||||
secondary: zB zS zT zZ, z=)
|
secondary: zB zS zT zZ, z=)
|
||||||
8 Vertical folds: looks like vertically split windows, but the cursor moves
|
8 Vertical folds: looks like vertically split windows, but the cursor moves
|
||||||
through the vertical separator, separator moves when scrolling.
|
through the vertical separator, separator moves when scrolling.
|
||||||
8 Add "z/" and "z?" for searching in not folded text only.
|
8 Add "z/" and "z?" for searching in not folded text only. Or use a regexp
|
||||||
|
item, so that it can be used in any pattern.
|
||||||
8 When a closed fold is displayed open because of 'foldminlines', the
|
8 When a closed fold is displayed open because of 'foldminlines', the
|
||||||
behavior of commands is still like the fold is closed. How to make the
|
behavior of commands is still like the fold is closed. How to make the
|
||||||
user aware of this?
|
user aware of this?
|
||||||
@ -6001,7 +5985,7 @@ Various improvements:
|
|||||||
used, remove the <CR> at the end of lines in [range].
|
used, remove the <CR> at the end of lines in [range].
|
||||||
A CTRL-Z at the end of the file is removed. If
|
A CTRL-Z at the end of the file is removed. If
|
||||||
[range] is omitted, or it is the whole file, and all
|
[range] is omitted, or it is the whole file, and all
|
||||||
lines end in <CR> 'textmode' is set. {not in Vi}
|
lines end in <CR> 'textmode' is set.
|
||||||
- Should integrate addstar() and file_pat_to_reg_pat().
|
- Should integrate addstar() and file_pat_to_reg_pat().
|
||||||
- When working over a serial line with 7 bit characters, remove meta
|
- When working over a serial line with 7 bit characters, remove meta
|
||||||
characters from 'isprint'.
|
characters from 'isprint'.
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*undo.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 04
|
*undo.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ u Undo [count] changes. {Vi: only one level}
|
|||||||
:u[ndo] Undo one change. {Vi: only one level}
|
:u[ndo] Undo one change. {Vi: only one level}
|
||||||
*E830*
|
*E830*
|
||||||
:u[ndo] {N} Jump to after change number {N}. See |undo-branches|
|
:u[ndo] {N} Jump to after change number {N}. See |undo-branches|
|
||||||
for the meaning of {N}. {not in Vi}
|
for the meaning of {N}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*CTRL-R*
|
*CTRL-R*
|
||||||
CTRL-R Redo [count] changes which were undone. {Vi: redraw
|
CTRL-R Redo [count] changes which were undone. {Vi: redraw
|
||||||
@ -95,7 +95,6 @@ change but joins in with the previous change use this command:
|
|||||||
Warning: Use with care, it may prevent the user from
|
Warning: Use with care, it may prevent the user from
|
||||||
properly undoing changes. Don't use this after undo
|
properly undoing changes. Don't use this after undo
|
||||||
or redo.
|
or redo.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This is most useful when you need to prompt the user halfway through a change.
|
This is most useful when you need to prompt the user halfway through a change.
|
||||||
For example in a function that calls |getchar()|. Do make sure that there was
|
For example in a function that calls |getchar()|. Do make sure that there was
|
||||||
@ -151,7 +150,7 @@ This is explained in the user manual: |usr_32.txt|.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*g-*
|
*g-*
|
||||||
g- Go to older text state. With a count repeat that many
|
g- Go to older text state. With a count repeat that many
|
||||||
times. {not in Vi}
|
times.
|
||||||
*:ea* *:earlier*
|
*:ea* *:earlier*
|
||||||
:earlier {count} Go to older text state {count} times.
|
:earlier {count} Go to older text state {count} times.
|
||||||
:earlier {N}s Go to older text state about {N} seconds before.
|
:earlier {N}s Go to older text state about {N} seconds before.
|
||||||
@ -170,7 +169,7 @@ g- Go to older text state. With a count repeat that many
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
*g+*
|
*g+*
|
||||||
g+ Go to newer text state. With a count repeat that many
|
g+ Go to newer text state. With a count repeat that many
|
||||||
times. {not in Vi}
|
times.
|
||||||
*:lat* *:later*
|
*:lat* *:later*
|
||||||
:later {count} Go to newer text state {count} times.
|
:later {count} Go to newer text state {count} times.
|
||||||
:later {N}s Go to newer text state about {N} seconds later.
|
:later {N}s Go to newer text state about {N} seconds later.
|
||||||
@ -280,10 +279,8 @@ respectively:
|
|||||||
the existing file and then creating a new file with the same
|
the existing file and then creating a new file with the same
|
||||||
name. So it is not possible to overwrite an existing undofile
|
name. So it is not possible to overwrite an existing undofile
|
||||||
in a write-protected directory.
|
in a write-protected directory.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:rundo {file} Read undo history from {file}.
|
:rundo {file} Read undo history from {file}.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use these in autocommands to explicitly specify the name of the
|
You can use these in autocommands to explicitly specify the name of the
|
||||||
history file. E.g.: >
|
history file. E.g.: >
|
||||||
@ -374,10 +371,10 @@ information you can use these commands: >
|
|||||||
:unlet old_undolevels
|
:unlet old_undolevels
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Marks for the buffer ('a to 'z) are also saved and restored, together with the
|
Marks for the buffer ('a to 'z) are also saved and restored, together with the
|
||||||
text. {Vi does this a little bit different}
|
text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When all changes have been undone, the buffer is not considered to be changed.
|
When all changes have been undone, the buffer is not considered to be changed.
|
||||||
It is then possible to exit Vim with ":q" instead of ":q!" {not in Vi}. Note
|
It is then possible to exit Vim with ":q" instead of ":q!". Note
|
||||||
that this is relative to the last write of the file. Typing "u" after ":w"
|
that this is relative to the last write of the file. Typing "u" after ":w"
|
||||||
actually changes the buffer, compared to what was written, so the buffer is
|
actually changes the buffer, compared to what was written, so the buffer is
|
||||||
considered changed then.
|
considered changed then.
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*usr_21.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2012 Nov 02
|
*usr_21.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 25
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -263,7 +263,8 @@ well stand for "source").
|
|||||||
The windows that were open are restored, with the same position and size as
|
The windows that were open are restored, with the same position and size as
|
||||||
before. Mappings and option values are like before.
|
before. Mappings and option values are like before.
|
||||||
What exactly is restored depends on the 'sessionoptions' option. The
|
What exactly is restored depends on the 'sessionoptions' option. The
|
||||||
default value is "blank,buffers,curdir,folds,help,options,winsize".
|
default value is:
|
||||||
|
"blank,buffers,curdir,folds,help,options,tabpages,winsize,terminal".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
blank keep empty windows
|
blank keep empty windows
|
||||||
buffers all buffers, not only the ones in a window
|
buffers all buffers, not only the ones in a window
|
||||||
@ -271,7 +272,9 @@ default value is "blank,buffers,curdir,folds,help,options,winsize".
|
|||||||
folds folds, also manually created ones
|
folds folds, also manually created ones
|
||||||
help the help window
|
help the help window
|
||||||
options all options and mappings
|
options all options and mappings
|
||||||
|
tabpages all tab pages
|
||||||
winsize window sizes
|
winsize window sizes
|
||||||
|
terminal include terminal windows
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Change this to your liking. To also restore the size of the Vim window, for
|
Change this to your liking. To also restore the size of the Vim window, for
|
||||||
example, use: >
|
example, use: >
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*usr_22.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2016 Dec 13
|
*usr_22.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 27
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*various.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Mar 23
|
*various.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -73,8 +73,6 @@ ga Print the ascii value of the character under the
|
|||||||
<ö> 246, Hex 00f6, Oct 366, Digr o: ~
|
<ö> 246, Hex 00f6, Oct 366, Digr o: ~
|
||||||
This shows you can type CTRL-K o : to insert ö.
|
This shows you can type CTRL-K o : to insert ö.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*g8*
|
*g8*
|
||||||
g8 Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
|
g8 Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
|
||||||
character under the cursor, assuming it is in |UTF-8|
|
character under the cursor, assuming it is in |UTF-8|
|
||||||
@ -82,7 +80,6 @@ g8 Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
|
|||||||
value of 'maxcombine' doesn't matter.
|
value of 'maxcombine' doesn't matter.
|
||||||
Example of a character with two composing characters:
|
Example of a character with two composing characters:
|
||||||
e0 b8 81 + e0 b8 b9 + e0 b9 89 ~
|
e0 b8 81 + e0 b8 b9 + e0 b9 89 ~
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*8g8*
|
*8g8*
|
||||||
8g8 Find an illegal UTF-8 byte sequence at or after the
|
8g8 Find an illegal UTF-8 byte sequence at or after the
|
||||||
@ -97,7 +94,6 @@ g8 Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
|
|||||||
Note that when the cursor is on an illegal byte or the
|
Note that when the cursor is on an illegal byte or the
|
||||||
cursor is halfway a multi-byte character the command
|
cursor is halfway a multi-byte character the command
|
||||||
won't move the cursor.
|
won't move the cursor.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:p* *:pr* *:print* *E749*
|
*:p* *:pr* *:print* *E749*
|
||||||
:[range]p[rint] [flags]
|
:[range]p[rint] [flags]
|
||||||
@ -174,7 +170,6 @@ g8 Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
:{range}z#[+-^.=]{count} *:z#*
|
:{range}z#[+-^.=]{count} *:z#*
|
||||||
Like ":z", but number the lines.
|
Like ":z", but number the lines.
|
||||||
{not in all versions of Vi, not with these arguments}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:=*
|
*:=*
|
||||||
:= [flags] Print the last line number.
|
:= [flags] Print the last line number.
|
||||||
@ -224,7 +219,6 @@ g8 Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Example: >
|
Example: >
|
||||||
:exe "normal \<c-w>\<c-w>"
|
:exe "normal \<c-w>\<c-w>"
|
||||||
< {not in Vi, of course}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:{range}norm[al][!] {commands} *:normal-range*
|
:{range}norm[al][!] {commands} *:normal-range*
|
||||||
Execute Normal mode commands {commands} for each line
|
Execute Normal mode commands {commands} for each line
|
||||||
@ -232,7 +226,6 @@ g8 Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
|
|||||||
cursor is positioned in the first column of the range,
|
cursor is positioned in the first column of the range,
|
||||||
for each line. Otherwise it's the same as the
|
for each line. Otherwise it's the same as the
|
||||||
":normal" command without a range.
|
":normal" command without a range.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:sh* *:shell* *E371*
|
*:sh* *:shell* *E371*
|
||||||
:sh[ell] This command starts a shell. When the shell exits
|
:sh[ell] This command starts a shell. When the shell exits
|
||||||
@ -490,7 +483,7 @@ N *+X11* Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
|
|||||||
:ve[rsion] {nr} Is now ignored. This was previously used to check the
|
:ve[rsion] {nr} Is now ignored. This was previously used to check the
|
||||||
version number of a .vimrc file. It was removed,
|
version number of a .vimrc file. It was removed,
|
||||||
because you can now use the ":if" command for
|
because you can now use the ":if" command for
|
||||||
version-dependent behavior. {not in Vi}
|
version-dependent behavior.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:redi* *:redir*
|
*:redi* *:redir*
|
||||||
:redi[r][!] > {file} Redirect messages to file {file}. The messages which
|
:redi[r][!] > {file} Redirect messages to file {file}. The messages which
|
||||||
@ -510,31 +503,28 @@ N *+X11* Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
|
|||||||
with ":silent call Function()".
|
with ":silent call Function()".
|
||||||
An alternative is to use the 'verbosefile' option,
|
An alternative is to use the 'verbosefile' option,
|
||||||
this can be used in combination with ":redir".
|
this can be used in combination with ":redir".
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:redi[r] >> {file} Redirect messages to file {file}. Append if {file}
|
:redi[r] >> {file} Redirect messages to file {file}. Append if {file}
|
||||||
already exists. {not in Vi}
|
already exists.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:redi[r] @{a-zA-Z}
|
:redi[r] @{a-zA-Z}
|
||||||
:redi[r] @{a-zA-Z}> Redirect messages to register {a-z}. Append to the
|
:redi[r] @{a-zA-Z}> Redirect messages to register {a-z}. Append to the
|
||||||
contents of the register if its name is given
|
contents of the register if its name is given
|
||||||
uppercase {A-Z}. The ">" after the register name is
|
uppercase {A-Z}. The ">" after the register name is
|
||||||
optional. {not in Vi}
|
optional.
|
||||||
:redi[r] @{a-z}>> Append messages to register {a-z}. {not in Vi}
|
:redi[r] @{a-z}>> Append messages to register {a-z}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:redi[r] @*>
|
:redi[r] @*>
|
||||||
:redi[r] @+> Redirect messages to the selection or clipboard. For
|
:redi[r] @+> Redirect messages to the selection or clipboard. For
|
||||||
backward compatibility, the ">" after the register
|
backward compatibility, the ">" after the register
|
||||||
name can be omitted. See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.
|
name can be omitted. See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
:redi[r] @*>>
|
:redi[r] @*>>
|
||||||
:redi[r] @+>> Append messages to the selection or clipboard.
|
:redi[r] @+>> Append messages to the selection or clipboard.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:redi[r] @"> Redirect messages to the unnamed register. For
|
:redi[r] @"> Redirect messages to the unnamed register. For
|
||||||
backward compatibility, the ">" after the register
|
backward compatibility, the ">" after the register
|
||||||
name can be omitted. {not in Vi}
|
name can be omitted.
|
||||||
:redi[r] @">> Append messages to the unnamed register. {not in Vi}
|
:redi[r] @">> Append messages to the unnamed register.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:redi[r] => {var} Redirect messages to a variable. If the variable
|
:redi[r] => {var} Redirect messages to a variable. If the variable
|
||||||
doesn't exist, then it is created. If the variable
|
doesn't exist, then it is created. If the variable
|
||||||
@ -543,14 +533,14 @@ N *+X11* Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
|
|||||||
Only string variables can be used. After the
|
Only string variables can be used. After the
|
||||||
redirection starts, if the variable is removed or
|
redirection starts, if the variable is removed or
|
||||||
locked or the variable type is changed, then further
|
locked or the variable type is changed, then further
|
||||||
command output messages will cause errors. {not in Vi}
|
command output messages will cause errors.
|
||||||
To get the output of one command the |execute()|
|
To get the output of one command the |execute()|
|
||||||
function can be used.
|
function can be used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:redi[r] =>> {var} Append messages to an existing variable. Only string
|
:redi[r] =>> {var} Append messages to an existing variable. Only string
|
||||||
variables can be used. {not in Vi}
|
variables can be used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
:redi[r] END End redirecting messages. {not in Vi}
|
:redi[r] END End redirecting messages.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*:filt* *:filter*
|
*:filt* *:filter*
|
||||||
:filt[er][!] {pat} {command}
|
:filt[er][!] {pat} {command}
|
||||||
@ -692,12 +682,11 @@ K Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
|
|||||||
< - When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man -s", a count
|
< - When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man -s", a count
|
||||||
before "K" is inserted after the "-s". If there is
|
before "K" is inserted after the "-s". If there is
|
||||||
no count, the "-s" is removed.
|
no count, the "-s" is removed.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*v_K*
|
*v_K*
|
||||||
{Visual}K Like "K", but use the visually highlighted text for
|
{Visual}K Like "K", but use the visually highlighted text for
|
||||||
the keyword. Only works when the highlighted text is
|
the keyword. Only works when the highlighted text is
|
||||||
not more than one line. {not in Vi}
|
not more than one line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[N]gs *gs* *:sl* *:sleep*
|
[N]gs *gs* *:sl* *:sleep*
|
||||||
:[N]sl[eep] [N] [m] Do nothing for [N] seconds. When [m] is included,
|
:[N]sl[eep] [N] [m] Do nothing for [N] seconds. When [m] is included,
|
||||||
@ -710,7 +699,7 @@ K Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
|
|||||||
< Can be interrupted with CTRL-C (CTRL-Break on MS-DOS).
|
< Can be interrupted with CTRL-C (CTRL-Break on MS-DOS).
|
||||||
"gs" stands for "goto sleep".
|
"gs" stands for "goto sleep".
|
||||||
While sleeping the cursor is positioned in the text,
|
While sleeping the cursor is positioned in the text,
|
||||||
if at a visible position. {not in Vi}
|
if at a visible position.
|
||||||
Also process the received netbeans messages. {only
|
Also process the received netbeans messages. {only
|
||||||
available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg|
|
available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg|
|
||||||
feature}
|
feature}
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*vi_diff.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 28
|
*vi_diff.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -6,9 +6,8 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Differences between Vim and Vi *vi-differences*
|
Differences between Vim and Vi *vi-differences*
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Throughout the help files differences between Vim and Vi/Ex are given in
|
This file lists the differences between Vim and Vi/Ex and gives an overview of
|
||||||
curly braces, like "{not in Vi}". This file only lists what has not been
|
what is in Vim that is not in Vi.
|
||||||
mentioned in other files and gives an overview.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Vim is mostly POSIX 1003.2-1 compliant. The only command known to be missing
|
Vim is mostly POSIX 1003.2-1 compliant. The only command known to be missing
|
||||||
is ":open". There are probably a lot of small differences (either because Vim
|
is ":open". There are probably a lot of small differences (either because Vim
|
||||||
@ -180,6 +179,10 @@ Multiple windows and buffers. |windows.txt|
|
|||||||
line with tab labels can be used to quickly switch between these pages.
|
line with tab labels can be used to quickly switch between these pages.
|
||||||
|tab-page|
|
|tab-page|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Terminal window. |:terminal|
|
||||||
|
Vim can create a window in which a terminal emulator runs. This can
|
||||||
|
be used to execute an arbitrary command, a shell or a debugger.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Syntax highlighting. |:syntax|
|
Syntax highlighting. |:syntax|
|
||||||
Vim can highlight keywords, patterns and other things. This is
|
Vim can highlight keywords, patterns and other things. This is
|
||||||
defined by a number of |:syntax| commands, and can be made to
|
defined by a number of |:syntax| commands, and can be made to
|
||||||
@ -194,6 +197,11 @@ Syntax highlighting. |:syntax|
|
|||||||
|'hlsearch'|, matching parens |matchparen| and the cursor line and
|
|'hlsearch'|, matching parens |matchparen| and the cursor line and
|
||||||
column |'cursorline'| |'cursorcolumn'|.
|
column |'cursorline'| |'cursorcolumn'|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Text properties |textprop.txt|
|
||||||
|
Vim supports highlighting text by a plugin. Property types can be
|
||||||
|
specificed with |prop_type_add()| and properties can be placed with
|
||||||
|
|prop_add()|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Spell checking. |spell|
|
Spell checking. |spell|
|
||||||
When the 'spell' option is set Vim will highlight spelling mistakes.
|
When the 'spell' option is set Vim will highlight spelling mistakes.
|
||||||
About 50 languages are currently supported, selected with the
|
About 50 languages are currently supported, selected with the
|
||||||
@ -262,6 +270,8 @@ Visual mode. |Visual-mode|
|
|||||||
~ swap case
|
~ swap case
|
||||||
u make lowercase
|
u make lowercase
|
||||||
U make uppercase
|
U make uppercase
|
||||||
|
{Vi has no Visual mode, the name "visual" is used for Normal mode, to
|
||||||
|
distinguish it from Ex mode}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Block operators. |visual-block|
|
Block operators. |visual-block|
|
||||||
With Visual mode a rectangular block of text can be selected. Start
|
With Visual mode a rectangular block of text can be selected. Start
|
||||||
@ -522,6 +532,10 @@ With the CTRL-] command, the cursor may be in the middle of the identifier.
|
|||||||
The used tags are remembered. Commands that can be used with the tag stack
|
The used tags are remembered. Commands that can be used with the tag stack
|
||||||
are CTRL-T, ":pop" and ":tag". ":tags" lists the tag stack.
|
are CTRL-T, ":pop" and ":tag". ":tags" lists the tag stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Vi uses 'wrapscan' when searching for a tag. When jumping to a tag Vi starts
|
||||||
|
searching in line 2 of another file. It does not find a tag in line 1 of
|
||||||
|
another file when 'wrapscan' is not set.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The 'tags' option can be set to a list of tag file names. Thus multiple
|
The 'tags' option can be set to a list of tag file names. Thus multiple
|
||||||
tag files can be used. For file names that start with "./", the "./" is
|
tag files can be used. For file names that start with "./", the "./" is
|
||||||
replaced with the path of the current file. This makes it possible to use a
|
replaced with the path of the current file. This makes it possible to use a
|
||||||
@ -795,23 +809,231 @@ the 'compatible' option is set and 'cpoptions' contains all flags. What the
|
|||||||
effect is of resetting 'compatible' and removing flags from 'cpoptions' can be
|
effect is of resetting 'compatible' and removing flags from 'cpoptions' can be
|
||||||
found at the help for the specific command.
|
found at the help for the specific command.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Below is listed what features are present in Vi. Anything else has been added
|
The help files used to mark features that are in Vim but not in Vi with {not
|
||||||
by Vim.
|
in Vi}. However, since these remarks cluttered the help files we now do it
|
||||||
|
the other way around: Below is listed what Vi already supported. Anything
|
||||||
|
else has been added by Vim.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following Ex commands are supported by Vi: ~
|
The following Ex commands are supported by Vi: ~
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TODO
|
`:abbreviate` enter abbreviation
|
||||||
|
`:append` append text
|
||||||
`:set` but not `:set inv{option}`, `:set option&`, `:set all&`,
|
`:args` print the argument list
|
||||||
`:set option+=value`,
|
`:cd` change directory; Vi: no "cd -"
|
||||||
`:set option^=value`
|
`:change` replace a line or series of lines
|
||||||
`:set option-=value`
|
`:chdir` change directory
|
||||||
`:set option<`
|
`:copy` copy lines
|
||||||
|
`:delete` delete lines
|
||||||
|
`:edit` edit a file
|
||||||
|
`:exit` same as ":xit"
|
||||||
|
`:file` show or set the current file name; Vi: without the column number
|
||||||
|
`:global` execute commands for matching lines
|
||||||
|
`:insert` insert text
|
||||||
|
`:join` join lines; Vi: not :join!
|
||||||
|
`:k` set a mark
|
||||||
|
`:list` print lines
|
||||||
|
`:map` show or enter a mapping
|
||||||
|
`:mark` set a mark
|
||||||
|
`:move` move lines
|
||||||
|
`:Next` go to previous file in the argument list; no count or ++opt
|
||||||
|
`:next` go to next file in the argument list; no count or ++opt
|
||||||
|
`:number` print lines with line number
|
||||||
|
`:open` start open mode (not implemented in Vim)
|
||||||
|
`:pop` jump to older entry in tag stack (only in some versions)
|
||||||
|
`:preserve` write all text to swap file
|
||||||
|
`:print` print lines
|
||||||
|
`:put` insert contents of register in the text
|
||||||
|
`:quit` quit Vi
|
||||||
|
`:read` read file into the text
|
||||||
|
`:recover` recover a file from a swap file
|
||||||
|
`:rewind` go to the first file in the argument list; no ++opt
|
||||||
|
`:set` set option; but not `:set inv{option}`, `:set option&`,
|
||||||
|
`:set all&`, `:set option+=value`, `:set option^=value`
|
||||||
|
`:set option-=value` `:set option<`
|
||||||
|
`:shell` escape to a shell
|
||||||
|
`:source` read Vim or Ex commands from a file
|
||||||
|
`:stop` suspend the editor or escape to a shell
|
||||||
|
`:substitute` find and replace text; Vi: no '&', 'i', 's', 'r' or 'I' flag,
|
||||||
|
confirm prompt only supports 'y' and 'n', no highlighting
|
||||||
|
`:suspend` same as ":stop"
|
||||||
|
`:t` same as ":copy"
|
||||||
|
`:tag` jump to tag
|
||||||
|
`:unabbreviate` remove abbreviation
|
||||||
|
`:undo` undo last change {Vi: only one level}
|
||||||
|
`:unmap` remove mapping
|
||||||
|
`:vglobal` execute commands for not matching lines
|
||||||
|
`:version` print version number and other info
|
||||||
|
`:visual` same as ":edit", but turns off "Ex" mode
|
||||||
|
`:wq` write to a file and quit Vi
|
||||||
|
`:write` write to a file
|
||||||
|
`:xit` write if buffer changed and quit Vi
|
||||||
|
`:yank` yank lines into a register
|
||||||
|
`:z` print some lines {not in all versions of Vi}
|
||||||
|
`:!` filter lines or execute an external command
|
||||||
|
`:"` comment
|
||||||
|
`:#` same as ":number"
|
||||||
|
`:*` execute contents of a register
|
||||||
|
`:&` repeat last ":substitute"
|
||||||
|
`:<` shift lines one 'shiftwidth' left
|
||||||
|
`:=` print the cursor line number
|
||||||
|
`:>` shift lines one 'shiftwidth' right
|
||||||
|
`:@` execute contents of a register; but not `:@`; `:@@` only in
|
||||||
|
some versions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following Normal mode commands are supported by Vi: ~
|
The following Normal mode commands are supported by Vi: ~
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TODO
|
|CTRL-B| scroll N screens Backwards
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-C| interrupt current (search) command
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-D| scroll Down N lines (default: half a screen); Vim scrolls
|
||||||
|
'scroll' screen lines, Vi scrolls file lines; makes a
|
||||||
|
difference when lines wrap
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-E| scroll N lines upwards (N lines Extra)
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-F| scroll N screens Forward
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-G| display current file name and position
|
||||||
|
|<BS>| same as "h"
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-H| same as "h"
|
||||||
|
|<NL>| same as "j"
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-J| same as "j"
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-L| redraw screen
|
||||||
|
|<CR>| cursor to the first CHAR N lines lower
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-M| same as <CR>
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-N| same as "j"
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-P| same as "k"
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-R| in some Vi versions: same as CTRL-L
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-T| jump to N older Tag in tag list
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-U| N lines Upwards (default: half a screen)
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-Y| scroll N lines downwards
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-Z| suspend program (or start new shell)
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-]| :ta to ident under cursor
|
||||||
|
|CTRL-^| edit alternate file; Vi: no count
|
||||||
|
|<Space>| same as "l"
|
||||||
|
|!| filter Nmove text through the {filter} command
|
||||||
|
|!!| filter N lines through the {filter} command
|
||||||
|
" use register {a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"} for next delete, yank or put
|
||||||
|
(uppercase to append) ({.%#:} only work with put)
|
||||||
|
|$| cursor to the end of Nth next line
|
||||||
|
|%| find the next (curly/square) bracket on this line and go to
|
||||||
|
its match, or go to matching comment bracket, or go to
|
||||||
|
matching preprocessor directive (Vi: no count supported)
|
||||||
|
|&| repeat last :s
|
||||||
|
|'| jump to mark (Vi: only lowercase marks)
|
||||||
|
|(| cursor N sentences backward
|
||||||
|
|)| cursor N sentences forward
|
||||||
|
|+| same as <CR>
|
||||||
|
|,| repeat latest f, t, F or T in opposite direction N times
|
||||||
|
|-| cursor to the first CHAR N lines higher
|
||||||
|
|.| repeat last change with count replaced with N
|
||||||
|
|/| search forward for the Nth occurrence of {pattern}
|
||||||
|
|0| cursor to the first char of the line
|
||||||
|
|:| start entering an Ex command
|
||||||
|
|;| repeat latest f, t, F or T N times
|
||||||
|
|<| shift Nmove lines one 'shiftwidth' leftwards
|
||||||
|
|<<| shift N lines one 'shiftwidth' leftwards
|
||||||
|
|=| filter Nmove lines through "indent"
|
||||||
|
|==| filter N lines through "indent"
|
||||||
|
|>| shift Nmove lines one 'shiftwidth' rightwards
|
||||||
|
|>>| shift N lines one 'shiftwidth' rightwards
|
||||||
|
|?| search backward for the Nth previous occurrence of {pattern}
|
||||||
|
|@| execute the contents of register {a-z} N times
|
||||||
|
|@@| repeat the previous @{a-z} N times
|
||||||
|
|A| append text after the end of the line N times
|
||||||
|
|B| cursor N WORDS backward
|
||||||
|
|C| change from the cursor position to the end of the line
|
||||||
|
|D| delete the characters under the cursor until the end of the
|
||||||
|
line and N-1 more lines [into register x]; synonym for "d$"
|
||||||
|
|E| cursor forward to the end of WORD N
|
||||||
|
|F| cursor to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the left
|
||||||
|
|G| cursor to line N, default last line
|
||||||
|
|H| cursor to line N from top of screen
|
||||||
|
|I| insert text before the first CHAR on the line N times
|
||||||
|
|J| Join N lines; default is 2
|
||||||
|
|L| cursor to line N from bottom of screen
|
||||||
|
|M| cursor to middle line of screen
|
||||||
|
|N| repeat the latest '/' or '?' N times in opposite direction
|
||||||
|
|O| begin a new line above the cursor and insert text, repeat N
|
||||||
|
times
|
||||||
|
|P| put the text [from register x] before the cursor N times
|
||||||
|
|Q| switch to "Ex" mode
|
||||||
|
|R| enter replace mode: overtype existing characters, repeat the
|
||||||
|
entered text N-1 times
|
||||||
|
|S| delete N lines [into register x] and start insert; synonym for
|
||||||
|
"cc".
|
||||||
|
|T| cursor till after Nth occurrence of {char} to the left
|
||||||
|
|U| undo all latest changes on one line
|
||||||
|
|W| cursor N WORDS forward
|
||||||
|
|X| delete N characters before the cursor [into register x]
|
||||||
|
|Y| yank N lines [into register x]; synonym for "yy"
|
||||||
|
|ZZ| store current file if modified, and exit
|
||||||
|
|[[| cursor N sections backward
|
||||||
|
|]]| cursor N sections forward
|
||||||
|
|^| cursor to the first CHAR of the line
|
||||||
|
|_| cursor to the first CHAR N - 1 lines lower
|
||||||
|
|`| cursor to the mark {a-zA-Z0-9}
|
||||||
|
|a| append text after the cursor N times
|
||||||
|
|b| cursor N words backward
|
||||||
|
|c| delete Nmove text [into register x] and start insert
|
||||||
|
|cc| delete N lines [into register x] and start insert
|
||||||
|
|d| delete Nmove text [into register x]
|
||||||
|
|dd| delete N lines [into register x]
|
||||||
|
|e| cursor forward to the end of word N
|
||||||
|
|f| cursor to Nth occurrence of {char} to the right
|
||||||
|
|h| cursor N chars to the left
|
||||||
|
|i| insert text before the cursor N times
|
||||||
|
|j| cursor N lines downward
|
||||||
|
|k| cursor N lines upward
|
||||||
|
|l| cursor N chars to the right
|
||||||
|
|m| set mark {A-Za-z} at cursor position
|
||||||
|
|n| repeat the latest '/' or '?' N times
|
||||||
|
|o| begin a new line below the cursor and insert text
|
||||||
|
|p| put the text [from register x] after the cursor N times
|
||||||
|
|r| replace N chars with {char}
|
||||||
|
|s| (substitute) delete N characters [into register x] and start
|
||||||
|
insert
|
||||||
|
|t| cursor till before Nth occurrence of {char} to the right
|
||||||
|
|u| undo changes {Vi: only one level}
|
||||||
|
|w| cursor N words forward
|
||||||
|
|x| delete N characters under and after the cursor [into register
|
||||||
|
x]
|
||||||
|
|y| yank Nmove text [into register x]
|
||||||
|
|yy| yank N lines [into register x]
|
||||||
|
|z<CR>| current line to the top
|
||||||
|
|z-| current line to the bottom
|
||||||
|
|z+| cursor on line N
|
||||||
|
|z^| cursor on line N
|
||||||
|
|{| cursor N paragraphs backward
|
||||||
|
| cursor to column N
|
||||||
|
|}| cursor N paragraphs forward
|
||||||
|
|~| switch case of N characters under the cursor; Vim: depends on
|
||||||
|
'tildeop'
|
||||||
|
|<Del>| same as "x"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The following commands are supported in Insert mode by Vi: ~
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CTRL-@ insert previously inserted text and stop insert
|
||||||
|
CTRL-C quit insert mode, without checking for abbreviation, unless
|
||||||
|
'insertmode' set.
|
||||||
|
CTRL-D delete one shiftwidth of indent in the current line
|
||||||
|
<BS> delete character before the cursor
|
||||||
|
CTRL-H same as <BS>
|
||||||
|
<Tab> insert a <Tab> character
|
||||||
|
CTRL-I same as <Tab>
|
||||||
|
<NL> same as <CR>
|
||||||
|
CTRL-J same as <CR>
|
||||||
|
<CR> begin new line
|
||||||
|
CTRL-M same as <CR>
|
||||||
|
CTRL-T insert one shiftwidth of indent in current line
|
||||||
|
CTRL-V {char} insert next non-digit literally
|
||||||
|
CTRL-W delete word before the cursor
|
||||||
|
CTRL-Z when 'insertmode' set: suspend Vim
|
||||||
|
<Esc> end insert mode (unless 'insertmode' set)
|
||||||
|
CTRL-[ same as <Esc>
|
||||||
|
0 CTRL-D delete all indent in the current line
|
||||||
|
^ CTRL-D delete all indent in the current line, restore it in the next
|
||||||
|
line
|
||||||
|
<Del> delete character under the cursor
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following options are supported by Vi: ~
|
The following options are supported by Vi: ~
|
||||||
@ -849,11 +1071,14 @@ The following options are supported by Vi: ~
|
|||||||
'term' name of the terminal
|
'term' name of the terminal
|
||||||
'terse' shorten some messages
|
'terse' shorten some messages
|
||||||
'timeout' 'to' time out on mappings and key codes
|
'timeout' 'to' time out on mappings and key codes
|
||||||
|
'timeoutlen' 'tm' time for 'timeout' {only in some Vi versions}
|
||||||
'ttytype' 'tty' alias for 'term'
|
'ttytype' 'tty' alias for 'term'
|
||||||
'verbose' 'vbs' give informative messages {only in some Vi
|
'verbose' 'vbs' give informative messages {only in some Vi
|
||||||
versions as a boolean option}
|
versions as a boolean option}
|
||||||
'warn' warn for shell command when buffer was changed
|
'warn' warn for shell command when buffer was changed
|
||||||
'window' 'wi' nr of lines to scroll for CTRL-F and CTRL-B
|
'window' 'wi' nr of lines to scroll for CTRL-F and CTRL-B
|
||||||
|
{Vi also uses the option to specify the number of
|
||||||
|
displayed lines}
|
||||||
'wrapmargin' 'wm' chars from the right where wrapping starts
|
'wrapmargin' 'wm' chars from the right where wrapping starts
|
||||||
'wrapscan' 'ws' searches wrap around the end of the file
|
'wrapscan' 'ws' searches wrap around the end of the file
|
||||||
'writeany' 'wa' write to file with no need for "!" override
|
'writeany' 'wa' write to file with no need for "!" override
|
||||||
@ -968,7 +1193,8 @@ Only Vim is able to accept options in between and after the file names.
|
|||||||
-i Elvis: Start each window in Insert mode.
|
-i Elvis: Start each window in Insert mode.
|
||||||
-i {viminfo} Vim: Use {viminfo} for viminfo file.
|
-i {viminfo} Vim: Use {viminfo} for viminfo file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
-L Vim: Same as "-r" (also in some versions of Vi).
|
-L Vim: Same as "-r" {only in some versions of Vi: "List
|
||||||
|
recoverable edit sessions"}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
-l Nvi, Vi, Vim: Set 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options.
|
-l Nvi, Vi, Vim: Set 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*visual.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 25
|
*visual.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -20,8 +20,6 @@ This is introduced in section |04.4| of the user manual.
|
|||||||
7. Examples |visual-examples|
|
7. Examples |visual-examples|
|
||||||
8. Select mode |Select-mode|
|
8. Select mode |Select-mode|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi has no Visual mode, the name "visual" is used for Normal mode, to
|
|
||||||
distinguish it from Ex mode}
|
|
||||||
{Since Vim 7.4.200 the |+visual| feature is always included}
|
{Since Vim 7.4.200 the |+visual| feature is always included}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================================
|
==============================================================================
|
||||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
*windows.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Mar 17
|
*windows.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||||
@ -26,7 +26,6 @@ The basics are explained in chapter 7 and 8 of the user manual |usr_07.txt|
|
|||||||
11. Using hidden buffers |buffer-hidden|
|
11. Using hidden buffers |buffer-hidden|
|
||||||
12. Special kinds of buffers |special-buffers|
|
12. Special kinds of buffers |special-buffers|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands}
|
|
||||||
{not able to use multiple windows when the |+windows| feature was disabled at
|
{not able to use multiple windows when the |+windows| feature was disabled at
|
||||||
compile time}
|
compile time}
|
||||||
{not able to use vertically split windows when the |+vertsplit| feature was
|
{not able to use vertically split windows when the |+vertsplit| feature was
|
||||||
@ -737,7 +736,7 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
|
|||||||
the current window.
|
the current window.
|
||||||
{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
|
{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
|
||||||
{cmd} must not open or close windows or reorder them.
|
{cmd} must not open or close windows or reorder them.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
|
Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
|
||||||
|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
|
|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -765,7 +764,7 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
|
|||||||
autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
|
autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
|
||||||
'eventignore'. This considerably speeds up editing
|
'eventignore'. This considerably speeds up editing
|
||||||
each buffer.
|
each buffer.
|
||||||
{not in Vi}
|
|
||||||
Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
|
Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
|
||||||
|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
|
|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -891,7 +890,7 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-Z *CTRL-W_CTRL-Z* *:pc* *:pclose*
|
|||||||
*:pp* *:ppop*
|
*:pp* *:ppop*
|
||||||
:[count]pp[op][!]
|
:[count]pp[op][!]
|
||||||
Does ":[count]pop[!]" in the preview window. See |:pop| and
|
Does ":[count]pop[!]" in the preview window. See |:pop| and
|
||||||
|:ptag|. {not in Vi}
|
|:ptag|.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CTRL-W } *CTRL-W_}*
|
CTRL-W } *CTRL-W_}*
|
||||||
Use identifier under cursor as a tag and perform a :ptag on
|
Use identifier under cursor as a tag and perform a :ptag on
|
||||||
|
@ -767,6 +767,8 @@ static char *(features[]) =
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
static int included_patches[] =
|
static int included_patches[] =
|
||||||
{ /* Add new patch number below this line */
|
{ /* Add new patch number below this line */
|
||||||
|
/**/
|
||||||
|
1280,
|
||||||
/**/
|
/**/
|
||||||
1279,
|
1279,
|
||||||
/**/
|
/**/
|
||||||
|
Reference in New Issue
Block a user